UTTARAKALAMRITA (OF KALIDASA)

•

T ransla ted by S.S.8areen

SAGAR PUBLICATIONS 72.JANPATH

YEDMANSION NEW DELHI· iloool

Tel: 3320648 Fax: 99 (011) 463uU

CONTENTS

KANDA 1

Sec. Subject Page

I. Time of Birth, Planets and Bhavas 1 2. Computation of Several kinds of Strength 10 3. Length of Life 23 4 . Planets in the Various Bhavas with their erfects 28 5. Kark.alva of Bhavas and Planets 51 6. The Oasas and their effects 70 7. On Queries 88 8. Miscellaneous 96

KANDA [I (105 SLOKAS) 118

Introduction Uttara kalamrita isan invaluable contribution in the field of Astrology

by the poet Kalidasa. Some authorities have expressed Iheirdoubts about lhe authorship inspile of the referrences in the first three Slokas aboul the poet and the king Vikramaditya and claim that the text hasbcencomposcd by some Astrologer of South India. Whatever may be the truth, the fact remains that it is a praiseworthy compilation of Astrological findings on the various aspeas of human life pertaining to a native and makes the s tudy both instructive and profitable to all-whether casual readers or sch 0 \;:J rs.

This Book is divided into two Kanda : the first consists of8 sect ions dealing with Time of Binh, Planets, Bhavas, Strength of Planets. Length of Life, Planetary effects in several Bhnvas, $atum and Jupitercombining to make the philosopher, Function (Karkatva) ofBhavas and Planets (this part is unparellel), Dasa Periods and on Queries; the second kanda deals with issues like the Sraddha ceremonies, rituals and the adoption of sons.

As no one Book is enough and complete in itselfand a good collection of books on anyone subject is essential, this Uttarakalamrita will certainly make a wonderful companion of the reader, whatever else he might have studied. Remember in the absence of a Guru, books are the best Guide. Such a Guide will be the UHarakalamrita.

My thanks are due to Narinder Sagar orSagar Publications in bringing out this book so suf"'ttSSfully.

B-4 South Extn - I New Delhi - 49 ISIJ3O, I993

SS.Sareen

• II d'tl(iflli.Wld'l, II

UTT ARAKALAMRIT A

.A ~ ... ""-."If W<I ije'lT''1<1{{l;IU(t'l;jit<l: @::

;jiT,ft{<qflt,,' "1!f.RI~R; ftq~~~'I. I ~¥IlIT'I'i\'l~d~\'I""~!IIi1fil[<l

"'\lfft"'If~'l1""ort "'il: q'll'ftWl'l. II ~ II

KANDA I

Section J. Time of Birth, Planets, Bhavas, etc.

Sioka-l. I bow to the Gajanao Shagwan Ganesb, the son of the Goddess Bhavani. whose feet arc adored before com­-mencing any auspicious work by Gods like Brahma, Vishnu, Mahesh and Indra; who is distinguished by bolding in his four hands a Pasa (a weapon) a lotus (flower), symbol of peace and Laddo (sweet) gleaming and who protects and looks after the Suryavrata Pratapi Raja Viknmadilya.

2

~~

~ "IlIfll"''l>i' " ~ ~ ~ I ffi~t ~~~II1~('I~aI tit

o\tllfi!;llillll1i'l1 .... "d ~ • ~ II

~'~lIIi' ":Irq ~~!II UIl'I': • !l1''"S!lr..~II'' !llq~(~: \!l1~. r .t<.A I

~~ uqfUta~""l'f. ~t'm~ uwlkoiR elWt 'll'll'f. ij~q<ll~ ~ ~ql ulft: II V Ii

Sloka-4. The birth lime of tilt 'ric pn d. OJ hps

etc. since the Sun-Rise shouk! be ,rrin:d at \ILly - l-rately with tbe help o f tbe gnomonic (SaD __ tbe. S " did) st dow or the otber appliances. Also find oat tfX length of tbe day and

3

night on the day of birth. Ascertain the Ishla Lagna from the correct position of too Sun in relation to tbe First Point of Aries . . Thereafter, with the help of the preceptor, delineate tbe otber planets mathematically according to tbe 'Drik' system oC cal· culation in their Rasi and Amsas as in the zodiac. So should the wise Astrologer cbeerfuUy compute the Bbava-spashta along with the Bbava-Sandhis. •

•

~I~~ ~I~$r: ill (4) !lan: li,ql~II\'lF~~-f,;S! ~q'llll{lf!l~~~ l!lIOl'qil ~~a: I

q{\<ft~~!ire;' f.I~~'l;Il'~lf'il (225) ~'I<ll .rUI~r:(I5)t;I!J'I1l (30) 'I ~(IJ1~"ql: (45) qfe'l (60 )

~I",~q: (75) \I '\ 11

;)tll<ll Ill'll!: lIiql'il(~'{~~"IIr~iI~: ~al qtR{f~~t~q~~~ql';"~~r 'II q~<I. I

a'ilil:lfu~~l" URq'l(l'il'il<l.m'lllau." ~I ,,;q ~ql"l~qt,,(\fuq~~n~'\1iif\l~l'il~~<I. \I ~ \I

Sloka·S,6. (8) Nakshatra Suddhi : Multiply tbe Ghati-kas and Vighatikas of the Ishla Kala by 4 and divide the prod­uct by 9. The remainder should be counted beginning with Aswini, Magha or MooIa in whatsoever Patyaya it falls. The 27 Naksba­lras are distributed in 3 Paryayas consisting of 1st 10 9th, 10th to 18th and 19th to 27th. This will give the Janma Nakshatm. Example: Suppose a native was born on 6.3.1980 at Ishta Ghatika. 56.12. Therefore,

(56.12) x 4 = 224.48 = 24x9 + 8.48. 9 9

Here the remainder is

8. Nakshalra which may be Aslesha, lyestha or Revati.

(b) Man- Woman Janma Suddhi : Convert the Ishta Ghatikas into Palas. Divide the same by 225. If the remainder is :

4

0 to IS •••.•• birtb will be • male 16 to 4S •••••• - do - a female 46 to 90 •• •• •• • do - a male 91 to ISO •••••• - do- a female

lSI to 22S •••••• - do - a male

These five groups represent. in their order male, fe­male. ma.le, female and male . respectively.

Example :Ishta Ghatikas are 56.12, i.e., 56x60+12 = 3372 + 225 = 14x22S+222 Therefore, the birth will be that of a male.

(c) Lagna Suddhi : Flnd out the Rasi occupied by the Moon and Mandi; and also their Navamsas. The native will have his birtb either in the Rasi occupied by Mandi or the Moon whichever be stronger; or in the Lagna Rasi which will be 7th, 5th or the 9th from either of them. If instead of these two Rasis, the Navamsa Rasi owned by Mandi or tbe Moon be stronger, tben the Janma Lagna will be in the stronger Navamsa Rasi or the 7th, 5th or the 9th from it.

cr. PbaJadeepika m-16. Notes : In lhis sloka an effort has been made to arrive

at Janma Nakshatra. Jaruna Lagna and the sex (male or female) of the native with the belp of Ishl. Ghatika and Vighatika. Knowledge of the sex of the native can also be gained through Pranpada. Distribute the 27 Nakshtras in 3 Paryaya of 9 Naksha· tras each. Aswini to Aslesba should make the 1st Paryaya; Magba to Jyestba, the 2nd and the 3rd should comprise of Moola to Revati. When the Ishta kala is multiplied by 4 and divided by 9, the remainder will give the Janma Nakshatra. This will also tell about the accuracy of the Ishta kala. When the Janma Naksbatra discovered through this Paddbati is identical with the one indicated by the Rasi occupied by the Moon in a nativity, the Ishta kala should be taken as correct, otherwise some addition or deduc· tions ",;,ilI have to be made in it. Similarly, the correctness of the Janma Lagna should also be verified in this manner.

'Ill;: 111111: <101 ~q) ;;0 a'l~" qql;;1~~ I1II,!!!!,! dlr~m{lfo..m:~I""~Iiilii q;~:;r: I

nit ~1",,{:q~I"1~il"lS.~q"!dt IIi\'­~iliIQ"If.l"'IR,;aR~U ",~'!lUll: lS'1"'lll

Localing Mandi and Gulika -

\I IS \I

5

Sioka-? On the week days reckoned from Sunday on­wards multiply the Dinmana (length of the day from Sun Rise to Sun Set) respectively by Charu (26), Khari (22), lata (18), Varo (14), Nata (10). Tanu (6) and RooD (2) and divide tbe product by Khanga (30) and the quo tient arrived at in Gbatikas and Palas etc., taken as lsbta, oompule the Lagna. The Lagna discovered will be Mandi Sphuta. The Eighth part of the Dirunana or tbal of the Ratrimana is tbe period of each planet. When tbe birth is during the day, the lords of the 1st seven Muhurtas be­ginning with Sunda y onwards will respectively be the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn.

Here the words Cha m, Khari etc. have been interpreted with tbe help of K.atpayadi system.

3l'~f~jt ft f,\tl>.mi! !J~ilil ~<~motm ~rl\IT~~ q9;!"I~a wi r,to~a,,~ ~tt. I

~Iaf ";;:;!!~I,!~I~flIl1l<'llfli'~~1!.<i af.l-"io;:~: f<f,<! q. a' f.l~"a' a~ {If.l~~' \I <: \I

Sioka-S. 1be 8th Muhurata has no lo rd. In the case of day births the portion belonging to Saturn is called Gulika . In the case of night births, the lords of the lst 7 Muhuratas will be in the same order as sialed above, but the lord of the l si seven Muhuralas are reckoned nol from the lo rd of the week day chosen, but from that of the 5th from it. Here also the portion belonging to Saturn will be taken as that of Gutika. But Gutika will be from tbe last portion of Saturn Viz., al the end of Ghatikas 10, 6, 2, 26, 22, 18 and 14 respectively.

Gbulika and Mandi are taken as two sons of Saturn and according to Mandavya Rishi they are most harmful: wherever they are posited they destroy the effects of that Bhavl! com­pletely. In some old Text-books they have been accepted as

6

one and the same thing; and it is a popular view. Bul the autbor here on the basis of Rishi Mandavya's view has maintained their plurality. Tberefore, to arrive at Mandi multiply the Ghatikas of the lshta kala by tbe number assigned to the week­day and divide the product by 30. The Ghatika-Palas thus obtained should be used to fix Mandi in the Rasi, Amsa. Kala and Villala the same way as is done 10 place tbe Lagn • .

The reader should remember about Gulika that the portion owned by Saturn. on the week-day of the birth, belongs to Gulika. For this purpose, divide the Dinmana in eight-equal parts and the lord of each Maburata will be computed from the week day of the birth. The portion allowed 10 Saturn will belong to Gulilea. In the case of night birth divide the Ratrimana in eight equal parts and count the Stb Muhurata from tbe ,week-day of the birth and find out tbe portion belonging to Saturn, that will be called Gulika. In short, note the week-day of the birth and divide its Ratrimana or Dinmana by eight. The eighth part will be one Muhul3ta. In the day birth the lord of the first Mahurata will be denoted by the planet owning the week day of the birth and in the case of night-birtb it will be the 5tb from tbe lord of the week~ay. Write this Maburata in one place and count the position of Saturn; such as, Sunday as 7th. Tuesday as Stb and Wednesday as tbe 4th etc. In the night-birth count from the Sth planet denoted by the week-day. Note the position of Saturn. This should be multiplied by the 8th portion of the Ratriman. The product will give tbe Ishta of Gulika . Compute with tbis 100 Lagna, it will give Gulika Sphuta Lagna or Gulika Sphuta.

Example. Gulika is to be found in the case of Day birth on Monday, Oinaman is 32 Ghatikas.

1berefore, 32 + 8 = 4 Ghatikas for one Mahurata. Count upto Saturday from Monday. It is 6th (in order).

Hence 4 x 6 = 24 Ghalikas. This is GuHka's Ishta Kala as desired. This will belp posting GuJika the way the Lagna is computed.

In the case of Night birth the position will be :

7

10 Gbatika aftcr Sunset 6 Gb.tik. after Su .... et

ThuAt, 2 Gbatika aftcr Sunset o. WMn-sda,. 26 Gbatika after Sunset o. "I111"'$da, 22 Gbatika after Sunset 0- F."'') 18 Ghatikas after Sunset o. Saluday 14 Ghalikas after Sunset.

It may aM be 7 :4 tIIId: the exad position of Mandi or Golih .. UJ' Wy .,.., " acver the same.

~ '1,"",[' ~11r.~~): . ~ '1\ '1<i'isiil ~ 'fft ~i\l!,~ 'lil qf!llit I

.. ql"lq'l1'~1.;R iII .... I\{l,.-q! f~­~ alI+ti,¥q),aqlij"{')j .Ilr~~

'lIP' ... .. J phNr Room direction

$a."'. 9. If tile "i. of tile native is in the Cancer, Aries. Srotph. I iI_. 01" "" •• : - lap, the bed of lbe Woman (in labou.r) will be in the Fa$ ',. portion of tbe bouse; when it is leo 01' 0 .... _ .... il .Z be Southern portion; should it be TaUJU5, it _ .. _del be ia die We item portion and; if it is Virgo,

the birth of the native will take pllC# ia the Mule Ell p.t ••• oflhe bouse. But when the Ascending Haw'" is ~ 0. 6c Lagna. the direction of tbe labour loom s' ' Id be: as jpfj. cl '4 by thai N<j:vamsa Rasi only. The ditc,-,ir. of die fat.oetr •• sboa1d be predicted according as the Lapa 01" tk Had -. is mooger of the two (in the afore­said !DInA-_). In (111M IF : • if the Navamsa belongs to Can-cer, Aries. de. Mm. Ik ' ..... ., room will be in lbe Easl; if il is of 1"1) or ell_· .. • ... ill ..... be in lhe South; if Taurus, il will be in Ibc Wa.1 put am; if it is Virgo, Sagittarius, Gemini or Pisces ill: wiD be in * 8 M1h side of the house.

ri ~n,l '1 'fl !Ii'lr.~ " ~ •

, .... ,q Ib'l« q~ ~ 'I'll fql: ~'il. r~: I

8

31li l1l"l.,aS>t~'S[II.,a <it~a:;~>t, ,,~~ ijfta ~~qfa: f<1~~ "'ill ~fl.fu: '~"I'" II! 0 II

Father at Birth Time

Sloka·10 When the Lagoa is not aspected by the Moon and the SUD is posited in the 81h or the 9th Bhava: if the SUD occupies a movable sign, the father will be in another village; if it is in a fixed sign, be will be in his own village; if it is in a dual sign, the father will be on his way home. When the Moon is associated with malefic planets, the mother has to endure much distress and pain.

o Notes: Remember tbe signs from Aries to Pisces (tumwise) are movable (Char;' fixed (Sthira) and dual (Dwes­wabbava):

Movable Fixed Dual Aries Taurus Gemini Cancer -Leo Virgo Libra Scorpio Sagittarius Capricorn Aquarius Pisces

'The Sun is the Karaka of the father. When the Sun, Kar­aka of fatber, occupies a movable sign the father should be somewhere far on the move; if he is in a fixed sign, be (father) should be at home and; if he is in a dual sign, the father will be somewhere on the way.

In the same way, the Moon being the Karaka of mother denotes for the position of the mother. When the Moon con· joins evil planets the mother has to suffer at the labour time and this suffering will be in proportion to the evil character of the associating planets.

'"' .... .... . i:'lN,;Q(tl1: ~!l.1<1'1.~11' ~ il ~ .,"'1

"'~I~i:'l,,>i\~,q~ l1l\oca1 '" i{l.n ~l\1 I 31m: WOt3l1'lll;a:;JRlf.I'iiI'Rr f?;t\\;J1l '!iqlit

~;iI:'111f?;;ffl\q~<~.,f?;~') 1:.R ~~!RI: II H II

9

About tbe I amp and the Qil in the Labour Room ·

Sioka-ii. 'The number of midwives attending on the woman in labour will correspond with the number of planets between the l.agna and the Moon. The planets outside the Moon and the Lagna will denote the number of WQn.en a!tending her without the Chamber. 'The Moon denotes the oil in the Lamp. i.e., quan­tity of oil left in the lamp will correspond with the degrees yet to be traversed by the Moon in ber sign. The wick of tbe lamp is to be assessed from the lagna- the portion of the Rising Sign yet to rise - and that of the Lamp itselr. from the Sun. The lords of the various directions respectively are the Sun of the East; Venus. Soulb - East; Mars - South; Rabu, South - West; Saturn, West; the Moon., North - West, Mercury, North and; Jupiter of the North - East.

The door of the delivery room will be in the direction indicated by tbe powerful planets occupying tbe Kendra (Angular) houses or in the absence oC such a position., by tbe strongest of them (kendra) in the chart.

Notes: These Astrological indications have been devised in order to check the accuracy of tbe Janma Lagna and the sat­israction of tbe parents of the native born. The females present in tbe Labour Room to help are called mid- wives. Their number sbould be devised on tbe basis of the planets being between the Lagna and tbe Moon. But remember. if perchance all tbe plan­ets are so placed, do not indicate more tban S to 7 midwives. If any planet is witb tbe Moon or in the Lagna. tbe planet in tbe Lagna sbould be of bigber degrees tban tbat of tbe Lagna and tbe planet witb the Moon should be of lower degrees tban tbose of the Moon.

The oil, already. burnt in tbe lamp or is left, is 10 be as­sessed by tbe degrees tbe Moon has traversed in ber sign or yet to traverse. This sounds incongruous in the days of electricity; but it will be true where tbere is DO electric current available and people live by oil lamps. The same way tbe direction of tbe door of tbe labour room should be indicated from the strongest planet occupying tbe Angular Hom:.f'

10

IIll1;::~~I~q: 1I!l~al (Oll!1~~<i; a'l)-,,1"!1* "l a.n: fuq",r;::a~ ~)"{1li 11i\~ I

<'IIi \l1U111Q ~~~>1'" ~~",.n"'<'f.<'l 'l1~1~I~qa" "1~"~jJI""<'f.i!; .n.,~~ 11 t 11

Sec II. Calculation of tbe several kinds of strength, etc.

Sloka-1 All the 12 Rasis (Signs) rise by tum from the Easl. The first six of these from the Lagna (Ase.) represent the right side of the native and the same denote the len side of his wife. In the same manner, the Rasis (rom the 7th upto the Lagna are his left side and that for the wife are the right side. 1be lagna should be taken as life and soul of the native and the 8hava occupied by the Moon as his body. In lhis way these two Bhavas will denote all about the soul and the body of the na­tive. While reading the birth chart of a native, tbe effects aris­ing out of the several bhavas (whether reckoned from the Lagna or the Moon) should always be based judiciously on the auspi­cious or otherwise character of the respective houses, their lords and their Karakas. For example, all about the mother of the native will be devised from the 4th Bhava, its lord, its Karaka, the Moon and all the benefic/malefic influences falling on them.

In this connection it may be mentioned here that in Astrology :me Lagnas are taken into account, viz., the Sun, the Moon and the Lagna ; out of tbese, Lagna and the Rasi occupied by the Moon deserve special attention. It has been experienced that in certain cases a study of the nativity proves more fruitful in considering the respective effects of the vari­ous Bhavas when reckoned from the Moon's position in the chart rather tban the Ascendent. That is one of the reasons why tbe Moon Rasi bas been considered as tbe body of tbe Kal­apursha; and a sound mind and a great soul are not possible without a strong body.

•

I I

Cf Chandra Kala Nadi by Dev Keralkar:

Chandra Lagna is body and the Lagna is soul. There­fore, in Astrology results have been devised after examining the various 8havas from both the Lagnas . 11 is customary in Northern India to prepare tbe Moon Ascendant Chart also along with the Lagna Chart when writing the Horoscope.

Along with tbis, the basic principle of predictive Astrol­ogy is to examine also the lord of the Shava under considera­tion, its Karab and the Bhava itself. Without this no consid· eration of a nativity would be commendable.

•

'1~""t'lf.\;u fC;<l1'1>{!!'l' II.q,~:;ft~ll<la: !J""~I{f,j'l'(i.l1Iail'll ~1~1 ~ iIi"'I~ I

11I~1'9."" .. {\"a~i! ~q.u ";C::I!3~.'" aa: ~.q ~) f.I~~ 'l1.t.'l>tI~lr~<!! '1;~ aa: II ~ 1\

'l'!lft:f.r<Iq lli"I~~'Ii{\c::;it ""11 ~ ;I<l" ,"''liliilr<! f.\~'1 l:J'In: <ii<i(ql~C::": I

Planet,ry-Frjeodshjp

Sioka 2,15. 'The SUD considers the Moon, Jupiter and Mars as his friends; the Moon, to the Sun and Mercury, Mars, to the Sun, the Moon and Jupiter; Mercury, to Venus and the SUIl; Jupiter, to the Sun, the Moon and Mars; Venus, to Mercury and Saturn and; Saturn considers Venus and Mercury as his friends. The Sun looks al Venus and Saturn as his enemies; the Moon does not look upon any of the planets as his enemies; Ma rs counts Mercury as his enemy; Mercury, 10 the Moon; Jupiter 1(' Venus and Mercury; Venus. to the Sun and the Moon and ; Saturn tnlats tbe Suo. the Moon and the Mars as his enemies. lbe resl of the planets are neutrals. Assess the natural and temporary .friendship between the two planets and then arrive at the re· suits (whetber they are exceedingly friendly or exceedingly inimical, elc.).

12

Table showing the natural friendship of the Planets

Planet Friend Ne utral Enemy Ven., Sat. Sun Jup .,Moo n,Mars Mercury

Moon Sun,Mercury

Mars Sun,Moon,Jup. Mercury Sun,Venus

Jupiter Sun, Moon,Mars

Venus Saturn,Mercury Saturn Mercury,Venus

Ven,Mars,. lup .,Sa l

-Sa t. , Ve nus Mercury Jup .,Sat. ,Mars Moon

Saturn Mere., Venus Mars, lup. Sun,Moon Jupiter Sun,Moon,Mars

Notes: It is not difficult to arrive at these three results: Friendship, neutrality or enemity between tbe planets. Exam­ine the position of the Sun. His Moollrikona is Leo. (The Mool­lrikona signs respectively o f the Sun etc. are 5, Z. 1, 6, 9, 7 and 11. A planet's friends are tbe lords of the 2nd, 12th. Stb, 9th, 8tb and the 4tb houses from his Moolatrikona Rasi). The 2nd, 12th. 5tb, 9th, 8th and the 4th places from Leo are respectively Virgo, Cancer, Sagittarious, Aries, Pisces and Scorpio. Aries is the exaltation sign of the Sun. Their lords respectively are Mercury, the Moon. Jupiter, Mars, Jupiter and Mars. Singu· larly they are Mercury, the Moon, Jupiter and Mars . Aries has been counted twice. Therefore, actually only the 6 houses have been ' dealt with. The remaining 6 are Leo, Ubra, Capricorn, Aquarius, Taurus and Gemini. Their respective lords are thc Sun, Venus, Saturn, Venus and Mercury. Whcn we oounl Sat· urn and Venus once only and drop the Sun, we arc len with Venus, Saturn and Mercury. Compare these with the fanner set of planets; viz., Mercury, Moon, Jupiter and Mars. Mercury alone has come as a friend and an enemy in both the list. Therefore, be will remain neutral. Thus Venus and Saturn are left as his enemies and the Moon, Mars and Jupiter are his friends. Simi· larly, we can compute with the other planets. This is called Natural relationship of planets.

Planets occupying the three houses before or after from any particular planet in the birth chart become the friends of

13

that planet and the rest become bis enemies for the time being. This is called Temporary Friendship or enmity (relationship). Some authorities opine that the planets occupying the exalta­tion sign of a particular planet are also his friends. Combining the three natural relations with the two temporary ones we get the 'Panchdha' (five) following types of friendship of the planets: Alimitm (great friend) Mitra (friend) Sarna (neutral), Salro (enemy), and Atisatru (great enemy) .

•

Atimitra •

Atisatru

• •

• •

Both ways friends;

Both ways enemies;

Sarna • • one way friend and the other,enemy.

ll'q; ~'li~q;t!J,q~R!~l: ~'lil{m~">i\ IF~;;ql: If,q~: f'li'llr~'l~ql: l1Il~m~!ij 'l(1\.11 ~ II

i\{1 6111 ~il r""l~'f.flt<i ~H;llIllflt<'{R~ <ll\i~l "q~"'>ll {f'l"~lrlcil~i~",l q~~l: I

Planetary Vargas and the MooJalrikona

Sioka 2 Ih, J IhFrom Aries to Pisces respectively the lords are : Mars, Venus, Mercury, the Moon, the Sun, Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Saturn and Jupiter. One complete Varga is called a Bbava or Rasi, half of it is Hora and the 1/3rd part is called Drekkana. In the same way the l/7th part is Sapta­mamsa; l/9th is Navamsa; 1/12th is Dwadasamsa and; of a Rasi l/3Oth part is called Trimsamsa.

Notes: These seven divisions of a Bhava are called Saptvar­gas [Bllava, Hora, Drekkana, Saptamamsa, Navamsa, Dwa­dasamsa and Trimsamsa.l When Saptamamsa is excluded, they are known .as Shadvargas; and jf Dasamamsa, Shodasamsa and the Shashtiamsa are added to the Saptavargas they become

• Dasavargas.

fa ~',JFl1~'t'l:!~{" '.1 '!!ilf;rilllll~'ll: ~~'l 'f.~~1 ,~ : r"''l'!q' "'!f,lil'Il'Ii~W II \I II

14

>ft~",i:i;l'lt "l i!~~q~ .~.f~ ~'ll ~q «;qfit;j ,q>ir r.'I{OIl 'J!.'1f.!i)'r ;(i1Il{. I

~~?!~~&i "-Irq,!.",,, '"~ ,~>fthb-.11'!lqf\>:Qij .~t"N~'I~I!"m: 1Ii1 11 '\ II

SIokn 3 Ih-S TIle Moolatrikona Rasi from the Sun to Saturn respectively are : Leo, Taurus, Aries, Virgo, Sagittarius, Libra and Aquarius. Aries, Taurus , Capricorn, Virgo, Canoer, Pisces and Libra are the enltation Rasis of the SUR, tbe Moon., Mars Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn respectively. When a planet occupies his exaltation Rasi, his Bala (strength) is equivalent 10 1 Rupa (full); in tbe Moolatrikona it reduces to 3/4th of a Rupa; in his own Rasi. it becomes 1/2 of a Rupa; in the Rasi of an Adhimitra it contracts to 3/41h of. Rupa; in that of his mitra, it is 1I41h, in that of a Sarna it is 1I81h; in that of a Salm (enemy) it is l/16th and; in that of an adhisalru it is l/32nd of a Rupa .

Notes: when a planet is in its exaltation part it has the maximum ba!a (strength) of 60 Sbastiamsas, and at intenncdi­ate positions it is the proportionate value. Look at the follow­mg table:

Exaltation 60 Sbastiamsas Moolatrikona 45 .. Swasbetra 30 .. Adhi mitra 22.5 .. Mitra IS .. Sarna 7.5 .. Satru 3.75 .. Adbisatru 1.875 .. ,

q~'l "'1'i1~": ij,iIi{l~a "'~ ~~ ili\'lt ~l(.\ ;fi'1~i1I: ~;ft'l~~~ ~iIi'l.~ i!~'"1{. I

n~~~ ~qlst~~fitfi\ 'l'ii'RI ij ~ ~~ f,,~: qlq",rn '1~ ft~~~'!<Ilsfil 'Il~ ~i1II{. II ~II Sloka-6 The strengtb of a planet, retrograde in his

motion, sbould be taken as s imilar to thai wben be is in his

15

exaltation. When a planet is in association with a retrograde planet, the strength be gets is 1(2 a Rupa. When a planet ocru­pies his exaltation Bhava, but is retrograde in his motion, be gets only his Neechabala : be is without any strength. Should a planet be retrograde while in his debilitation Bhava, his strength is akin to that when in his exaltation. A planet in conjunction with another planet which is in exaltation gets 1/2 a Rupa. When he conjoins anotber who is in his debilitation he gets nothing. When a planet associates himself with malefics who may be his friends, or with henefics who happen to be his enemies, gelS only 1/2 a Rupa.

" 3l1~I"qni{lf",'<i ~ 1fiI1;I1: lI.qil1l~ni!l;~l-

"'",lil!;{lzt ;1~1 :llfil a'll ~q fi9o:: U~'l~ I •

Slokn 'Yo The highest exaltation points of the planets reckoned from the Sun are the 10th, the 3rd, the 28th, the 15th, the Slh, the 27th and the 20th degrees of their several RasisJ Sloka-3 1/2-5 Supra; their points or ' Fall' being the corre­sponding degrees in the 7th 8hava rrom their exaltation ones. This strengtb or planets" is called one that is derived Crom tbe Rasis.

Notes: When in a birth chart Saturn is in the 1st Na­vamsa or Libra, his exaltation Navamsa, he will not be given one Rupa as his strength under 'Navamsa' in the Saptavarga bala but be will be given amy what is due to him by occupying a Navamsa belonging to Venus according to the kind of rela­tiqnship he holds with him in the nativity under reference.

3ll;;,;'~i\S."lI"1 «1I'lt t"ftsll ~if~"1 ~ ;1lll"lrn'Q'{1'IR'lt 1I1~'lRI~!l: f~~ \I '3 \I

~ ." ~ 11;'1 ~ f~i! a~l,,~il ;11l1Wl<lllli! iJ mllI'l{I,",,1 ~'lf~Hif.IIIa:. I .

Sioka '1JZ~71/2 In an odd Rasi, the Horas or halves of a sign belong respectively to the Sun and the Moon. and in an

16

even Rasi, to tbe Moon and the SUD. The Drekkanas (lOrd ot a Rasi) are owned by the lords of (I) the lst, 5th and 9th wit, respect to that Rasi in the case of movable signs; (2) the 9th, bt and 5th in the case of a fixed sign and (3) the 5th. 9th and lst in the case of a dual sign. The lords of the Saptamsas or l(7tb portions are in odd Rasis to be reckoned regularly from the lord thereof, while in the case of an even Rasi they are to be counted from the lord of the 7th onwards. Next. as to the order of the Navamsas.

Notes: 1bere are in vogue 3 ways to find out the lord of tbe three Drekkanas in each Rasi

(1) The lords of the 1st, 5th and the 9th with respect to that Rasi;

(2) They are the lords of :

(a) the 1st, 5th and 9th in the case of a movable sign; (b) tbe 9th, lst and Sth in the case of a fixed sign: (c) tbe 5th, 9th and 1st in the case 'of a dual sign. (3) The lords of the lsI, 12th and 11th with respect to that

sign.

The (1) one has been propounded by Varahmibira only; The (2) one is held by the present author. The (3) method has been recommended by Yavanesb­

wara wben attending a query (Prasna).

iii! ffi(1l( ~,q""~I\1H~I~"\ij''f.''I-"'lilA q~",fil'llil:f<I<'I%~lffil\1~~I~"'," ,I G II

•

~liit"I!ililq," f.lq"illl~"'f~l\~;~:;II: 'll'lil "'l\<! ,,~a ~~ ~"ill!lm!lI".tW(q,\ I

Sk*a-7 ~IhThe Navamsas (l!9th portions) of Aries, Leo and Sagittarius belong to the nine Rasis from Aries onwards and Ihey end wilh pisCes. The owners o flbe Dwadasamsas l / l2th portions of a Rasi are 10 be counted from the sign itself. The Trimsamsas (1/3Oth portions) of a Rasi allotted in an odd Rasi to Mars, Saturn, Jupiter, Mercury and Venus are respectively in the order of 5,5,8,7 and 5. In

11

the case of an even Rasi Venus, Mercury, Jupiter, Saturn and Mars have 5, 7, 8, 5 and 5 degrees respectively. The aforesaid seven kinds of divis ions form the Saptavargas.

o;q(q lI'l;ilf<;ij 3'1'!l'l ~(''1ra~,,'n'' ((-<l'{(~'lrq q~~ a,qfu'l~(~ilif,;ftqli'f.' II ~ II

ij~"'n'l ij"{<l'l~;r~~q ij!l'lllW<i

o;qpq f<'l~it'l <ft4!l~ir ~~'! ijRlilrq I

SIoka 8 lh-9 ~ [Draw a table and write the names of all the planets beginning with the Sun on the lOp of it horizon­tally. In the extreme left in a vertical c;olumn nole down the Rasi, Hora, Drekkana etc the Saptavargas) Enter against the Rasi under the columns of the 7 planets the strength in terms of Rupas already obtained for the Rasi. Similarly nole down against the other s ix Vargas beginning with Hora : the portion of the strength assigned to the Ras i Varga for the planet owning the Varga in question. The sum total o f all these seven kinds of strength makes the Saptavargajabala of the planet. This method should be applied to all the seven planets.

;ft ""ill!l'l'lFiI !l'll'l'l," ;ft"l\rqq'<lll ( ii~(~ \;Iq~,\(( 80)fiI: qft~a( o;qlr~;j; q,,,,l'l'l." ~.II

3UO~ i! a~'1 l{;;3afil~ mSq{\~ ~,,-~~ o;q~.rfQq' qf<;; \;Iii il;;l((fu:'! flr'ijrq I

Slob 9 Ih-l0 Y.t Whcn a planet is approaching its exal-tation, the Uchcbabala in terms of a Rupa will be represented by the fraction: Planet's present position-minus Planet's de­pression point 7 ISO> .The difference of this from unity will indicate thc planet's uchcbabala when the planet be descend­ing (Avaroha~~e .• :when ' it lhas reached the exaltation point and heading towa its depression point. Should a planet occupy a Kendra (Angle), a Panaphara, or an Apoklima Bhava its re­spective strength will be 1, 1/2 or 1/4 Rupa.

18

9;1I1!;lh<m): f\laf,fIl 1<0: 'IT~ ~<il "I~ "'Q1Qi ij'li! ~ .. i f{ I;trtq)t<!<~;!\(Ql~'~il' II ~ t II

",'a QI;::flIii ,'{",~{q)~if'lil"~1ll1"-(~ q"'I~I"fq qlrta: "ij~ ~Iil ff<I": 11I1~'1'l. I

S10ka 10 ~ll ~ When the Moon and Venus occupy an even Rasi or an even Navamsa, tbe strength they derive is 1/4 Rupa. TOe Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn and Mercury acquire 1/4 Rupa if they are in odd Rasis or Navamsas. Should the male, hcnnophrodite and female planets be posited respectively in tbe 1 st, middle or tbe last portion of a Rasi, they will get 1/4 Rupa of strengtb. The total of these five kinds of Bala is called Sthanaba la or the strength of planet due to their occupation in a Rasi and forms one part of the Shadbalas.

~:;q~ ~M ~m'li{'l'T,(~ ",~,q*~1 ll~"ifa ;::~it il ~(i!5fl1~ ~I'"R R~ ~~a'l. II! ~I

a"'&811" I;!ir~ It"fq ~{IRI"wa~ a<;l;;.'\ h;<ill;lfil:~ "'~{!'lidl~>i 'li;{~<I. SIokl II a,.2-.t2 Ih Mercury and Jupiter are s trong in the

Lagna (East). The Moo n and Venus are powerful in the 4th (North); Sal urn, in the 7th (West) and; Mars and the Sun arc strong in the 10th (South). They become powerless when they are in the 7th place rrom the one mentioned above. The Digba l (Direclional strength) in the intcnnediale positions must be computed by the rule or three process. The planets become errective oorresponding with their respective Directiona l strength in their respective direction.

<!~i1i 'lIaR ?''i 6' ,q<:l'l{(: uij{N'<I1S~~I: ~q~ ~!!Ii{ r~"I,(f(;a~, "~,q"ll ql;!;;'l. II \ ~ II

",q;~ {filt~ ~I{ij""~ 1I'~t f.I~I~(1l'li1

~nl1'" ~i,>;~lfum:iQllil 'Jil f.I~Fa ~,,: I ;;11: ~la: ijffii ~.ft u{gwilo",i\"~:i!

19

~l,,"l" fGUJ 'f<i IS{Im.!;;qlq~) ll~ II ~~ II

9+a 12 '1.1-14 'h In tbe Shukla Paksha (tbe bright half) tbe strength (pakshabala) of benefic planets goes with the number of Tithis passed in tbe Paksha where as in the case of malefIC planets it is the Dumber of TIlms remaining to be passed or gone through. During the Krishnapaksha (dark halt) this pnxess is reversed. The Pakshabala in tbe case of the Moon will be doubled. When a native is born in tbe middle portion of lhe day tbe strength_ of 1 Rupa is credited to the Sun. Saturn gel$ this strength "if ti!jis in tbird portion of tbe day. The Moon gets if it the birth is in the 1st portion of the night. When the birth will be in the middle portion DC the night the strength will go 10 Venus. Should the birth be in ibe 3rd Oasl) portion of the night., the strength will be shared by Mars. Mercury enjoys it in Ihe 1st portion of the day. Jupiter has !.his Slrength at all times. It is teoned Aboralraja or Dinaralribhagabala. Multiply the Nata in Gbalikas by 2 and divide the product by 60. This will give the Natabal in terms of a Rupa.

<I!."q'3~!I'if<il!1 .. a~~ '1~II";;::1 ~ij !i.Q\l1 q{'l.""~<'I"gl;jt ;jiQif"l61<ii"lil I

Slob 14 Y.t When this is s ubtracted from unity it will give the strengtb resulting from Unnata. The Moon. Mars and Sat­urn have tbe Nalabala whereas tbe Suu.. Mercury. Jupiter and Venus have Unnatabal.a.

~1,,"1 !~~a6ilRil K.I~~~qq;allr-1<I~~If:R~i'ro~ij~ ;nlill~;j; ;llO!a~ II t'\ II

ar-i~~ 'I "~a~~s.-il 5f;'It''liI,,5t . ;ftlf ~~iU~ 'I tim «ll" ~~ f.\V(!<I. I

The duration of Gbatikas between mid­day aDd the Sun at a bircb is called N.11a, while uonata shows

20

s imilar inte rval in Ghatikas between the SUD and midnighl. These two intervals when divided by 30 denote the Nalonnata­bala of planets in terms of a Rupa and Conn a sub-division of Kalabala. The appliances and inslruments required to measure the time have been detailed in the earlier part of the work, Purva kalamrita.

ij~~!11 a I!I"~ f'lilqfijfflOliRlill'110

'flql;:qlllR"'~'It a'I'I<il ~"'I1i!"" ~a'l. II t ~ I ~I!H<l1 'l~'lil: ;i\:f;if.\m ~1Ut1:~Hll1at:

'Il~~I;::~~f.ifa!l5J;ft;;llI{~ {\{1I>\'Il1 I Sbka IS ~16 Y.t The loRl oftlle year, the lord orlhe month,

the lord of the week- day and the lord of the Hora respectively get 1/4, 1/2. 3/4 and 1 Rupa strength if a nalive is born under their influence. The sum of these four kinds of strength goes to add in the Kalabala. To find the lord of the Hora, for any Par­ticular time, multiply the Ghatikas thaI have passed since Sunrise by 2 and divide tbe product by 5. TIle quotient will show the number of Horas that have elapsed. 1be lord of the lst Hora on any week-day will be the lord of the week-day itself, the lords of the 2nd and the succeeding Horas should be counted from that planet in the following order: the Sun, Venus, Mercury, the Moon, Saturn Jupiter and Mars.

'fl'iI 't'?:5J;ft ~'iJ aija ~~ ~I>f.I 't.~·ha!lla~~fu ~~ qf~ ~~~ II tIS \I

~eR<a ~i'W'l.G-;hqF; !!ft\~~hi~ ~'Iiit 't1<:;.ql.ql1~lirllqf,\'iI'I' ,q~" ~'" ~;;!\ I

SkJka 16Y.t-17 Ih . TIle Moon and Saturn are powerful when they are in their Southern Course. Mercury is always strong. The rest of the planeLs become powerful wben they are in their Northern cpurse. The strength as a result of this course is called their Ayana Bala . The planets laken in their regular order from Mars should ~. considered strong when they are in their relro·

21

grade motion and their Cheshtabala is calculated from the degrees in their respective Sighra Keodras. When two planets associate themselves in such a way that they have to be in the same Bhava and their longitudes _glee even to the degree and minute, they are said to be in war and that planet which is North of the other is considered to be Victorious and gains the strength of the other in the South, the Vanquished planet.

't.~ q~qfill!T~'1~~1r _~~ <A\~( ,.ft~~its~q("f~ lI''''''~~S!1r Qil q(~f1ltl~(~~m q.qf", \l1s~"i{ fu,,(q~~~1 " ~: mtml1H"": I

SIoka 17 Y.a -18Y.I Saturn casts a full glance over tbe 3rd and 100h Bhavas, when the other planets aspect them with a quarter of a glance. lupiter views the Sth and the 9t.b with a full eye, while the rest look at these Bbavas with haIr a glance. Mars casts his full aspect over the 4th and the 8tb Bhavas and the other planets aspect them with 3/4 of a glance. All planets aspect the 7th 8hava with a fun eye. Planets do not cast any glance on the 2nd, the 11th. tbe 12th and the 6th Bhavas counted from the place occupied by them.

~ mN"m~~"~'!l1'!1ffi~ @It;::>U

lIt~'n«mq("ii!i"Ilf,fu>~l;I.r, 'lia tnl~ II ~ Q, II

'l:~ 't{~i\'-lilt " .,fUt\lr<d~<;q If,~g;;.ii ~q([( It 'l>l~ 'l1l'!lfau;O @I(~O(I~ l'~ I

S10kn 18 lh-19 ~ Substract the aspecting planet from the aspeeted one. The result will show the extent in tcons of signs, degrees, etc, of the range of aspect. The Drigbala of the as­peeted planet in Rupas can thus be computed from these dc~

grees, etc. by the rule-of-three process, adding to or substracling from, as need be, of the proportionate difference in strength between that fixed for that sign and the strength alloued for the sign succeeding.The Drigbala thus arrived at can be grouped

22

under 'Malefic' and 'BenefIC' aa:ording to the aspediog plan­ets, whether malefic or benefic. Thus should be noted down in two columm in terms o( Rupas. Tbeir numerical sum will show the exact Drigbala so obtained (or each planet.

~ "" ,. "'-31~~i1{'t!",al~~iil{l~ilTl ", ... {I-

I\! ~'!;\<Io.ll ."i'm~ ~mqi!; I!ll''<.~ \I ~. \I «q 1!l1<m1!Ui"~"H'\;j\ i!1!l1~ lOl!1<I.

'-",,"~16"Wlll~il4a~it "fH;lIf.'1~ I SWm. 19 'h-20 ~ Tbe SUIl, the Moon, Venus, Jupiter.

Mercury, Mars and Saturn dec.use successively by Inth of a Rupa in tbeir natural strength. 1be Nisargabat o( the SUD should be noted as one Rupa. the sevenl kinds of strengtb • vi7 .. tbose collected £rom (I) Stbanll·Posilioll, (2) Dik-Direction. (3) Kala­Time. (4) Nisarga- Natural and (5) Chestha - Motion should now be summed up.

~~q01 qijffi\i '!~ ,,<1\ ~~"1 ~'I1f;~ii ~W>T~ {U! \~{ ~~I!l ;fjq. ~i\~ \I H II

~~ ~);r.(~'I'i~ ~f(Ja ~~ra"eJ'I~;j;

~" It ~ ijijl ~1lIin<""1'''''Hi' a'<.4"'( I 9nka :zo Y.t--Zl Y.t Further more add to this the rectified

Drigbala of the planet Next, should the planet be victorious or be vanquished in the planetary war add or subtract acoordingly 1 Rupa. The sum-lotal wben so rectified or lhe several bal.as rderred 10 above, win be tbe planet's Sbadbala in Rupas. When Ihis strengtb is round to be less than S Rupas, the planet should be taken as week. U it possesses rrom ·S 10 10 Rupas it should be considered as baving tbe normal strengtb.

~ t41,": ;:;lIl .... dI~ ~""'II..I~tl<i<::1

~ ~lfl~

\I ~~ •

23

Slob 21 Ih-ZZ Y.t When this strength exceeds 10 Rupas it will be considered Pumabla. Without doubt such a planet will be most auspicious. His Dasa will be exceedingly favourable and will bestow upon the native all that be would dream of; such as, wealth, happiness, etc., provided the planet is pro· ceeding to hiS exaltation point. A planet possessing medium strength but going towards hls exaltation point, his Dasa will also prove productive of prosperity and happiness. But when a planet is on his way to his depression point the Dasa will be unfavorable, A pJa~1 having the strength less than S Rupas will only cause misery and misfortune during his Dasa period.

" 3. 31I!1~q",O~:

'OO<\. i1I"~"iiliil fu~f<i «I1oi{ 'f.a ~ ~ 'il'11!im'!l~~~ 'l~~1 .~: I

~~~'\I{tf!;~qi\ lIl'11<i'i lIl9T~;j; Iil;ftd~i:l€i"i~ 33\1: Q~"""io\.l~ \I t II

Section 1lI- ·Ayurdaya.-Length of lif • . S!uka-I. :':ouill the number of Nakshatras from Aswini

traversed by a planet; divide it by 3 and ignore t~e quotienl. Multipl) the remAinder by 4 3!1d increase it by tbe number of quarters alreody passed in the next star. This result will indi­cate the number or Navamsas from Aries already traveJ"S(d by the planet and it will \;orre<:pond to the number of year contrib­uted by the planet i!l tlte Nakshatra Pada (Amsayurdaya) sys­tem. The Months, days, etL, besides the year.; referred to due to the plane~ position in tbe portion of the next pada should be computed from the interval lying between the end of the last Nakshatra Pada and the position occupied by the planet in the nexl one through the measure in days, ghatikas, etc., -taken by the pa rticular planet 10 run through its full COUISe. Similarly, obta in and sum-up the years so contributed by all the planets as well as the Lagna.

24

1;(1g;: ~";!'tO(lfq"~\J~q"'111")f.!~ R :Q;'1I-~"1 q;::ll 1;I~ 'l!~ 'If.'; ~,,)~ qlq;l'~sflil"'l. I

;ft'lmra'l~ ISltS8Q"It f[f;{f[l1ti"f.i~ '1l'\J)" ft q~ll1" ~,,~iil ~"I~"'I~Flr",~'l. II , II

Sloka-2. If malefic planets occupy the 6 houses reck­oned backward from tbe 12th, a reduction in full, one of onc­half, one-third, one-fourth, one fiftb and one-sixth shall be made respectively in their Ayurdaya. Should benefics occupy the said bhavas the loss will be half of what is incurred by the malefic ones. When a malefic is posited in the Lagna, tbe whole of the Ayurdaya contributed by the Ase. is to be taken away. In the case of a planet in its depression point one-half of the period assigned to it is lost. When a planet is housed in an inimical bbava, a reduction of one-third of his Ayus is to be made. When he is set or defeated in planetary war his Ayurdaya is further reduced by half. Amsayurdaya metbod is peculiar in this way. Cf. Brihat Jataka VII 2-4, 9-11. , -

"'iI-;amfll'flfu'tOl "~!J"'''o;ql"qml! Q;~ 'l'lifirI 1;(!J",~{~iil a'll a;QllNlillf.';'tO'l. I

"'" \Jl"~~<l'l~~ag;ij \,\,"~q~af?;jij ill-< O;( I ~f;1 ~lfu\frq""Qt~<W~ ~"1t: II ~ II

Sloka·3. The number of Ghatikas that have passed in the Rising Sign at birth when multiplied by 9 and divided by the number indicating the Ghatikas etc., of the rising time of that sign will show the length of years contributed by the Lagna. The remainder will give the months, days, etc., when suitably multiplied and divided by their appropriate factors. If the Lagna is powerful being occupied or aspected by its lord or a benefic planet or by its lord being in his exaltation, the number of years contributed by the Lagna will correspond with the years signi­fied by the Rasis, etc., reckoned from Aries, in the figure denoting the Lagna. This view is held by some great Astrologers.

Cf BJ VII-12 Sripatipaddhati V - 18.

~1'l(q<'l'f"a;Jl1lll~r~~{iil ~'Iit"''''8~q:

ql'uii;,;ftq"fhl~~~ ~'" It ~"'~'Ii~ I aI~aqll 'Ilqf"ta ij~q <R)I~

~.q 'iq"~ri "f~ Wl1r'ffi~Q~(QiI. II v I~

25

Sloka-4. Find out the two decanates that precede and 'suN;'eed immediately 10 the Lagna Drekkana. Compute their ·Saplavargajabala in Rupas (as d~ne earlier) of the lords of these three decanate$ (or of the planets occupying them, if Tadbhavai is to be accepted for Tadbhapai), and take only a fourth. 1bis will denote the religious inclination of the man concerned. When the same is subtracted from 4 it will indicate evil mind of the native. Record Ibex two results carefuUy and if their difference be 4 Rupas of Punya, tbe native will cer­tainly attain emancipation at the end of this liCe.

Ql!l'1'I'!rlQI Q~iil\iUl\l1t~ ~'li11l1 q: ~al 1i~"1 ~I"~I ~"!{f.I~~~'''1 ~1\1"1I \I"t: I

;j~I: ~lfutl~I~;'hrq "~19ft "',,'IiI 1i~1;::I"i,,'h a(llq<R sii~ ~~I~I!iq, . II ~ III

Sioka-S. Obtain the figures for the auspicious and inaus­picious portions of the Saptavargajabalas of the lords of the afore said three decanates. Multiply tbe malefic portion by 120. Divide the pnxlUCI by 7. 1be result thus obtained will indicate the number in years. Take away from it as many 120 year-periods as are possible. 1be remainder will reveal the Ayus of the man concerned in the respective Janma out of the past, present and future . This method has been pointed out he re by way of discussion and a lso because it is s imple r than tbe Amsayurdaya method.

~~ i'II1'l~ rl><al: ~~!1~~n 'i.o!qlg~~­,,,,ql~,qq'l) '1~ " ij~'lr ~ fl::~lfa f~\I1: I

qg "lmllil """I~ll~" .... Ig{oi\ ~"lI! ""~IE;qq;f.)"'1\1 ~ 'lI'l;::T :;U~~ ~I \I;::T II ~ II

S loka-6. When in a nativity Venus, Jupiter and Mercury are in the Kendra (Angles) and Kana (Trines) Bhavas the man concerned enjoys a full life (he is longlived).If these planets should be in the 2nd. 3rd and 11th hom;,,; ,h,. m.I;",. ,,,; 11 ........

, 26

medium life, i.e., 60 yun. Should these planets be in tbe 6th, 8tb and tbe 12th Bbavas tbe native will live below tbe medium life only. When the remaining planets (tbe male6cs) occupy the 8th, the 12th, a Kendra or a Kona Bhava they will not, invariably, grant good results .10 the native.

Charts showing tM Yagas in Slob m ., SL. 6(1)

Female Bom on 30.12.61 at 23.30

SUi (Z) Male 3-1-1888 at 1.45 AM

SL6(4) Female 29th Dec 1974 at

13.30

cr. SL-8, supra

SUi (3) Male 18-9-1871

~~~ 'I f.lt\"la IIRl a'll 1t3:fiI~ll1(~'la: ~'il~au~~aft ~,,~lt 'I {[ 'l!>tt I

"1<1119.: '3a~I~r."[d't<i\ mill ~'R;'1Gr

27

Sioka-'. J(tbe lord oCtbe Lagna is not aspected by benefics who occupy a Kendra or Kona Bhay., if the lord of the Rasi occupied by the lord of Lagna and the Logna itself are not ISpecled by beoefics. the life of tbe native will be a short one. Moreover, be will be denied children, wife and wisdom. Should it be otherwise, the man coocerncd will enjoy longevity, good fortune, wealth and be wise and nmowned. .

SL 7 Female 5-11·1955 at 19.15

•

Venus, the lord ortbe Ase, is in

the 7th without baving the as-pect of any benefic plantt from a Trine or an Angular house. Mars, the lord orlbe sign occu­pied by Venus, as also the Asc. have no benefic aspect. Hence

short life.

~~M~ '~8l 6lIs<>l"IrS"," ... q'l)!q"qq {fila'll ~, oflftja I

~~~ ~ oflftj~ 'i"~: ",~.q\lq'!j{arla<R,q""I!!"!I"~: II C II

Sloka-8. When the Sputa Lagna or the Rasi occupied by the Moon is aspecled by the lord of tbe 81h Bhava or lbe lord of the 8th Shava either from the Moon or the Lagna be aspccted by Saturn or MaTS; and in both of these cases bentries do not aspect the lord of tbe Lagna or the lord of the Rasi occupied by tbe lord of the lagna, the man concerned, may he be akin to Markandeya so far as logevity is concerned, will. enjoy only a moiety of life.

28

4. !It~I''1'f.~1

I;IIq~!l~'l:f~i\"1'tc~n: ~;~}'I~f~l~al: \1~q~~a'l;r.q<'tii""': l{;!flI.a",,~: I'

1l1'<m"I("1i!!"l!l: '!l~'Ii(f: iI· ;~fili\"11R1ql! \1J.;~ q{~ !;\"~Ii fi~r.<I (f:;i)~1{. 1'1 t II

Section 4-Planets in the several bhavas and their effects. .

Planets, when mutually related in any way, prove auspi­cious to the native, bring him great renown and bestow rugb status. Such ·Sambandb' (relationsbip) . may be when they are:

(1) Occupying their exaltation. own ShaYa, a friend's Shava or a Trikona ShaYI, -

(2) Posited in a Kendra Sbava in tbeir Vargottamamsa; (c) Aspected by benefics, are C?0joined with beoe6cs,

or are posited betwixt benefics.

(d) in their Moolatrikona Rasis;

(e ) proceeding towards tbe centre of a Shava aDd

(f) lonls of a Kendra and a Kana Bhaya at lbe same time.

;fi;mI''I qllF.lal'\<,ft~",: ql~aOl>Fall'!

"''''~l i ~l1al'l '1'lf.~'lii?ll;l"i~~\l.tl11 : I'

"''11;a~"aili'''(f'' flI.i?l1: qgJeft"'IRI",:

~~>fI'.{'Ii)lI\q~f'lal"'!11""U~I : \I ~ 11 Sloka·2. The auspicious or Subba Yogas of the planets

gel destroyed when they are:

(1) in their fall or debilitation position;

(2) defeated in planetary war;

(3) in their inimical houses;

(4) aspected by, in association with or hemmed betwixt malefics;

(5)

(6) (7) (8)

29

associated with a retrograde planet, an Astan­gata or eclipsed planet or be with Rahu .

• in the zone of Shava Sandhi; Weak;

Owning Dussthanas, i.e. the 6th, 8tb and the 12th or their lords associate with tbose of the Kendra or of Trikona Bhavas.

Sioka IV - 2 The following two charts illustrate the points contained in the

above Sioka: Female Born on 24.3.1951 at 11.35 P.M.

5

6

11 Rabu Ketu

4

1 Ven 3

Balance of Mars Dasa: 1 yr 10 Mons 24 days

Husband 22 oct 1946 at 10.30 Pm

Moon

This native has strained relations with her husband and is not blessed

with the pleasures of the bed, though living with her

husband. The lord of the 7th house, Venus, denotes

the buslland, and also hap­

pens to own the 12th and is

posited in the 6th Shava.

Balance o/Sun's Dasa: 4 mons 10 days Jupiter, the karaka of the

•

30

husband is associated with his enemy Mercury, the lord orlhe &h. 1bc Moo n is occupying the 12th house being aspected by Venus. This has give her a good and channing look but an indifferent husba nd because both Venus and Iupileraro hostile to the Moon, onc by being in the 6th

house and the other being 6th from the Moon.

Husband 's chan is appended showing his association with

another woman. It was a case o f love marriage.

l!l.q ~q~ ~1q<ii f.I~"al"'lii! ~l .q<ll~ ~1',";q&l1a"t f.ltl!;JUf'la'\ oi {1"qll1q~,\ I

'li~I,"~qF~q", altai al('{q~ ~l f~a"t IIq1,,"t"Qf.("t a'"flt'mml'l1f\11f<~ ~~l II ~ 11

Sloka-3. ( I) Should the 9th and 10th Bhavas be respec­tivel y occupied by their own lords; (2) when their lords conjoin in either of these houses, (3) when they occupy each other's bhava; or (4) they mutually aspect each olher, then these two lords become responsible for the Rajayoga in any nativity. (S) Should these lords of the 9th and the 10th associa te themselves with any of the lords of tbe 5th, the 7th, the 1st or the 4th or (6) occupy any of these houses they bltss the man concerned with wealth, happiness and prosperity. But these lords of tbe 9th and the 10th, in no case, sbould own the 8th or the t lIh Bhava as well.

Slob IV - 3 Male (6) ZS.12.1920aI6.SOA.M.

11 Men: Sun

S., [

2

31

This nalive has retired from the senior most Police postoflndian Govt.

Me re, the lord oftbe 10th Kendra is in the Lagna with the Sun, the Ion!

of the 9th, in the Sign Sagittarius. The Lagna and these lords of a Kana

and a Kendra enjoy the aspect of Jupiter from the 9th house (a Kana) _ the Lord ofLagna. Again, the Sun and Jupiter are occupying each

olher's house. This Jupiter aspects Mars in Hie 3rd house who, in turn,

is aspecting Sat. in the 10th house. The Link between these 5 planets

fonning the great Raja Yoga may be noted. Venus, the lord ofthe 11th

is in the 2nd and is alone responsible for the Dhana Yoga. Hence the

native e njoyed position, status, Royal favour and prosperity.

Cf Phaladeepika XV - 30 and also Laghu Parashari P .33, Sagar Publications.

glII~I"l~",~q' q~ ~I o~I"l"'I!Ifi1q' "I~~I''lq'li';<i\ 'HIJQI."Qlfi1"'In: !f."1". I

Q"''l.''lir~a' " 1J.;!"".n"l"'~".la' "I(IEft'<lHlfu~I~",sa' "I~tI \l;ft l'[qfll: II \I II

Sloka4. Reckon the lords of the 9th and the 10th Bhav~ •

(1) from the Lagna; (2) from the 9tb house from the Lagna (9th and 10th to 9th) and; (3) from the 10th house from the ugna (9tb and 10th to 10th). These three sets of planets will in their order bestow upon the native a high position, an ordinary position or a below average position in life. When these said pairs of planets are mutually related by being in conjunction, exchange of house (each occupying other's bouse) or by mutual aspect, and possess strength; occupy Bhavas which are mutually in Kendra positions or; be in association with the planets owning houses occupied by the lords of Lagna, the native will amass great wealth and be a ruler on tbis earth.

32

(7)

5

Slob IV - Z, 4 Female 3.3.1965 at 12.30 noon

. Jup 1

Balance o/Salurn's Dasa 16 yrs 2 mons and 11 days.

The lords of the 9th and 101:h (Venus and Mars) counted from the 9th house from the Lagna aspect each other, thus fonninga medium gain which the native has already achieved as an tA.S. This short fall is

due to the fact that the Lord oCLagna, Mercury; and the lord oelOO 9th, Saturn are together with the disqualification thallhey are within S to

6 degrees from the Sun (therefore, are sel). Saturn is in the 9tb in his

Moo! trikona. Venus is the lord of the 4th and the 9th from the Moon

uglla and the Sun Lagna camping in his friend ' s bouse. These 5

planets are aspecled by Mars occupying the Sagittarius Navamsa and enjoying the 5th aspect of Jupiter himself. This native will face some

difficulty during the Mahadasa of Mercury & AntaroCSatum starting

from 5.9.1995 for a period of 2 yrs. 8 months and 9 days. Mercury/Jupiter period of2 yrs. 3 months 6days prior 10 5.9.1995 will

be most rewanling. She should enjoy long life as Satunl, the lord of Longevity is in good position. She will marry an equally competent man.

~

mil''1'~'''''''' {I;;"~"~ 1ft1;J'~."."'''' -'U "'" e \

IIM,,~ "t 6'\ 1;ItI<m~!f,lf ij""':"~ I 3. «~<lql1''11 "qi\ "I' "':"!! ~r~,

'1ft q,ft\'l'IIR:;r.l'l: «1iI~'~oi! "t ~!l: 'Il"'''- \1~

33

Sloka.S. (1) The lord of the Rasi (Moon's Rasi) and Amsa (Lagna Amsa) occupied by a planet and the lord or the Lagna; (2) the lords of the 10th and the 9th bOllses; (3) the lords of-tbc 5th. 3td, 4th and the 7th Bhavas; (4) the lanIs of lbe 2Dd and tbe 11 th Shavas- where these aforesaid pairs of tbe pia? II .~ so related that ' - tbough placed in any of the above mentioned houses- they <a> are together in one house; (b) ocQlPy each other' s house; (3) aspect mutually and at the same Ii,me be in a friend's house, own bouse or an exaltation Rasi, they respec­tively bless the man concerned with prosperity, elephants. horses and tbe like, progeny and prosperity and affluence (weallh),··

;n!8Il1'~'l<i\ f~ql~.{;r,{~~i! ,,~,~oj) ;ft'lHlfuG<i\ ,,<~, ,,~ 'l",~,,~{'l.~~~: I

\Il:'~@1 ~~,~;j ijf.\'1 Il,,: ~~f.~ ij"~~6-

•

",,",ill 'f.iil~<i1 ~ R ~II' 6;"f;:;",~t ;r,"'<l. II ~ \I

Sloka-6. Should the lord of a Bhava be posited in the 8th place rrom the Lagna or (from it), be elipsed by the rays of the Sun, be in his fall or occupy an inimical house and does not conjoin nor be aspected by benefics, Munies say that in such a planelary set the efrects or that House are completely destroyed. Even if the henetics themselves associate with the Bhava there will be no salvation. 1be Lagna and the other Bhavas should he examined in this manner only.

~@llfc:"",~"'f.Q"g<i\ iilg'~;II'1: lfiQ1<l. 'i"I~o;:qfa "t 1I0;:iilQfa l!,,,'~<i ~f';~~'I. I

~lfi,q;~,,;:ftf~a"l · Hft6"'ij1''1,,~r~6: ~tQ q,~qfi'l~Ii>.;r.ij~ \{Qliil,,;a 'Ill{ II ':I II

34

Sloka·7. Wben the lord of tbe Lagna is posited in the 1st. middle, or the last Drekkana of the Ascendant, the native will become a, judge a chieftain or a headman of his village, respec· lively. Should lhis planet be aspeded by or associated with Venus, Jupiter or Mercury or be in the Varga of an auspicious planet or in his exaltation point, the man concerned will tum out to be an emperor of the whole world and be honoured by other rulers.

~<i)",!;(~!!~~'1: fil<l:'l~ ~;'1' lilll aRIt '1't~!<:Ql !!l;~lf.'ft~Ulsa: 'lUll f.I)l~~' I

i.'511IH~l~q~tl' ;ji~l<f.a~~' ~ fl1l\l lll'm~ ~~~I !l!lUflW ;n~i!'I: ij ~'~a:l;'11 q~l;r. II ~ 1\

Sloka-8. When in a nativity (1) the Moon in her full degrees possessed of strengtb is in ber exaltation, own Shava or a friend's house, identical with the 9th, 4th. 10th or the 7th and is as­peeled by or is in association with Jupiter or Venus; or · (2) should Mars and Saturn be likewise possessed of strength and benefic aspect and occupy tbe 2nd and the 10th houses from the Lagna, the native will be encyclopedic, endowed witb all the virtues, highly acclaimed by tbe people, generous and a great personality .

•

~~'41~~ilf'tal!l "("Hl!lIft~~1 daa {'\ll'i\'Il~all!"rl1lfll{(q I!ll<lltl'f.!::It~~ I

qg",: ~"t>,,,,f.i: l.'II~'l~i;!FlI'l"l~~," . nllqlq"l\<l:<i\'1f.\i.'5~ if.i!~i! '11tlRIr: " ~ "

Sloka-9. In a birth chart, when Jupiter owns the 3rd and the 12th Bhavas (Capricorn Asc.) be bestows every thing upon tbe native. Similar will be tbe effect., when be enjoys the ownership of the 8th Bhava or when he is posited in the 8th house. Venus is good when be is in the 6th Bhava; Rahu will be (avourable when he will be in the 7th. 4th, 8th. 11th or the 10th bouse. Kelu is most benefic when he is in the 3rd 8hava.

.. t%~: ':lQ.nllde{il.6: (t!1ft?t~ar~a : : ;fi'llQ'\llla qn;'1q(a~<qlfiifllf!l!lfd:

35

a"'~1!1 fir~llJ" f.l1lf«.ii al!l~l!l"t lIilll'l: II ~ 0 II Sloka-lO. Wben the lord of a bouse occupies any of tbe

Dussthanas. i.e., the 6th, 8tb or the 12th, be in his fall or inimi­cal house or be eclipsed, not conjoined or aspeC1ed by bene­fies, be in association with or aspected by his enemies, be in his inimical or debilitation Amsa, be Vanquished in planetary war with materia and as a result has lost the brilliance of his rays - such a Bbava should be declared as totally lost or fruitless. Thus should be examined all the Bhavas from the Lagna on­wards.

qQl{ql~qfafl!l"~II1'l.(Il: if,,~r'll'l1>l1f>.at . t1I'~If{\'l'ld~m ~ii'l~<il'l<'l f,,~": 6"Qqr: I

l!'~ a<qfa'l."i!~ "I 'll>i~~f'.ijT ~1 U{ · ~"'tl!l''f.alll 'lr~l!i!i.'Ii ~it ;r'{If<\ 'f.l!1i1. 1I!lR

Sioka-il. Whenever the lord of a Bhava occupies a Trikona bouse, Kendra House, the 3rd or the 11th bouse, a friend's bouse. his exaltation, own Rasi or Navamsa or is placed be­twixt two strong beneries, while the owners of these Kona. Kendra. 3rd or the 11th houses are also similarly situated in their exaltation; or the said lord is associated with or aSpecled by benefics: such a lord will bring unsurpassed prosperity to

the Bha ..... nd tbat too in a ... ery short period. -

1[1," 1[11Iqfa", ~1{~.'1~ <r1<rq'Qf",al:

'Ilq: '\lfuifll{~lll ~{i.'Il: fl',q{g~~i!li I

\Nt II111t!ll;!l!If\'Q'l'1.I: 'Ilql\\l~t~ql: ~1~ ~S;fl"l~f~~il'tl!(<<lf.r ~ II ~ \ II

Sloka-12. When a Bha..... its lord. its Karaka planet. all tbe throe .re hemmed betwixt malefics and are associ.ted with powerful malefics .nd are tbus weak and have no redeeming

36

association or aspect of benefics; and should the ntalefics occuPY. the 9th, 4th, 8th, 5th and tbe 12th Bhavas counted from each of. the aforesaid three, and the lords of the Navamsas occupied by these malefics be inimically situated, eclipsed or defeated in planetary war in that bouse, the destruction of that Bhava should be pronounced.

~~Ji'll R \!til. fu ;r.l"Hlft a mq ~ ,Iii" i\ ~1'q : ~1"qf.iT $>t QI~I;l"H1S'~~ t:l'1~<~: I

q~~fi'l~IIi~ql ~g'l.'ll,." .... ql i'll>;'f.­

Q~i\J~'1<i1 ~f.r ft~!1!'1 : ~1.<ils'" ~1lIT~C::: I n I Sioka-B. Wben an auspicious planet occupies his own,

exaltation, a friend' s bouse or his Moolatrikona Rasi or a Vargottama Amsa, it will enhance the prosperity of tbe native. Even a malefic planet will prove auspicious under these condi­tions. When the planets. owtting the Rasi and NayalllSa occu­pied by the lord of a BhavI, be endowed with power, be will , promote the effects of lbat Bhava . Any powerful benerlC occu­pying a friendly Rasi and Amsa in any bouse will bestow upon the native the wealth of effects related to it.

ft:'f.telft'1~~ {1~H'lX'1\\1~~!l.p.eir ~ "II<'Ii"~: m~iiJg{'I: '!l.~ ~11;"qc;r: I

Ill;i)~'~mrt: 'R"<'I'lrnlll 'II m;qWII lIlIl­

\\1'111'11 ft~;ft~~r..allt"",'l.~: lIlII: II t V II Sloka-14. When a planet occupies the 12th. tbe SIb or tbe

6th Bhav., his Rasi becomes inauspicious; similarly, when tbe lord of anyone of', these three Bbavas occupies or aspects a bouse, its effeds are totally lost. Venus, Mercury aDd Jupiter in their order, when they respectively occupy tbe aforesaid three houses will bring happiness. Planets in tbe 6th. 12tb and the Slh. when happen to be in their friend's bouses, own or exalted signs, or be aspected by auspicious ones, will prove beneficial. When the planets owning the said houses be inimi­cal, be in their fall, be eclipsed or defeated in war, then tbe planets occupying tbem will prove bcoeftcial.

37

~(;!I H'iI.ilS\<I'l>1 Af:i(~: q~q'l{q~~ij' .. . 'l.!I!i('I.ll!if,,;r: ~'l(l.!IR~il(: 'l~lll"'i;,r''f.~I<I. I

~~.tf2g," .~: !If!J"I\;~ lft:g: ~f'f;~I'l: ~@i\sfil'l!l: ~f.l>1"i;l~I'f. 11',"sl'<ril ~I~;!\ II ~ ~ II

Sloka·lS. When planets are in their infancy (with in first 6°). in their advance age (in lasl 6°); eclipsed and defeated, though they might be aspecting yet do not aspect (sec) at all. Auspicious and inauspicious planets aspect during the bright and dark periods of a month towards the East and West respcc· lively. Jupiter is sirong when aspects towards West. Saturn is strong while in his direct motion. Venus and Saturn though eclipsed will not lose their strength. Mars is powerful even in his enemy's house .

. . it"~ j;(:il;\f.I1q>ft~~~ill: qllsfil \1"II!: l.!~(: \l!{I>11q'lq~'1a! d~~;ft 'll\fW<!' ijS!1r (

l;II!il"'~!I~:;qq~di(:i(1 ;!l(fl1<<ilS<fiI!t<l. l.!'f.I IDI(~ijf~alsfil ",.~) l1"1t~I(~ ~~( II ~ ~ I

Sloka-16. When benefics occupy a Kendra Bhava, the 3rd, 2nd, 11th, 51b or the 9th and even the 6th they prove auspicious. This will be true of malefics if they are placed in Upachaya houses. The Sun and Saturn will be favourable when they are in the 9th, and Mercury, when in the 8th. Saturn, when occupying his exaltation. own house, or a Rasi owned by Jupi­ter, will do only good even if he be in the Lagna. Venus, will prove auspicious, if placed in the 12th, provided the Rasi or Amsa occupied by him does not belong to Satum.

<:ftUt;~>1 q'll'] •• 'l 'l'P! : 'liii;pli'l~ 'f.ijl(l

1!;'lilf[fll"i!t~('ijifilllll~"lI",q'illf.i ""I !

Ili,q~i qf1:: O((q\,O( ,,~~ a](Ut''tqlq;pi

!i,'l1 ntf-'l' " ~i!{fq'l' QII(IN'f.(,q(ql(!: II ~~I Sioka 17. (a) The Waning Moon, (b) Mercury, (c)

38

Venus, (d) Full Moon and Jupiter become auspicious in the ratio of 1/4, 112. 3/4 and 1 respectively. Jupiter and Venus become fully beneficial when in the Shav. of an auspicious planet and in association with tbe lord of lbe same. (On the contrary) <a> Waning MOOD aud Mercury (when malefic). (b) the Sun, (c) Rahu and Mars and (d) Ketu and Saturn promote evil in the same ratio as staled above.

11m"! 'f.i1S~{~111 ~~'iII "afi1'liTllTIl '1-

~flTf.~~l1i~m~ ~tlT ~'JI"ij~,lt"'li' I

'1<:1< .. 1 ( .. nl~l!l) s~ 'l <!l'I(d ~'f.i1S<liIl"­

\ij;r<'lil(""1.,"".~al ~q 'f." ""~<I. 11 ~, 11 S&Oka 18. When tbe Pbal. Karaka and Bhava Klnka of

any bouse; the lords of the Rasi and Navamu occupied by the lord of that bouse and the house itself be hostile (Naisargika), the effects of that Bhava will be destroyed.

Should a malefic planet occupy a Rasi belonging 10 a Karaka, it will bann the efrects oC that Karab planet. The ShaVI Karakas when occupying the houses, they are Karakas (or, will show only a small fraction of the (otherwise usual) effect.

'lO'if[;;'I~F.\'.:ifI: ~~~a>tt,,-f[;;WJ<m~"I: ~"r:[ql!J)sfq i'l::'f.lll1Ot ~ql: ~f<ilil~"I: l

'l2'll ~"'l1\" "' ~~~:ifI""",~gir." ~I 1I'ii I1I~IqqT'l"H"I3"I: ~1if,1: !f,JlI.n'l<n: I' ~ ~ I

Sioka 19. The full Moon, Jupiter, Saturn and Ketu arc called Chhadakas for the two houses (2nd and 12th) adjacent to each of them. Should Jupiter happen to be hostile to the man concerned (being owner of a Dusslhana) he will be a Chhadaka only for the 121h. 1be rest are Chhadaka for the 2nd only. 1be lords of the various houses and their respective Karakas be­come auspicious to the native due to the Sambandha between them through aspect, occupation, association or mutual exchange of their places.

'l~ I ~'l~a Ijf~ij 11111(\1 ~I~ 'iiI "" ~'l<I: ij'l>;(l. 'l:~R"l.nSfq ~'iI'iI1lIl~'l~'!l.II') ~''1'1i: I

ij~'ii ~fu~"I'its:\" llft61'11~.l'l:f~'I~1 IlIla! 111.'1~1li!1I~.'1'lli1 ij'III~"'I"q' lfilll~ 11,0 II

39

Sloka-20 A planet in the 2nd place from a Bhava becomes Chhadaka for tbat Bhava, while tbe one in the 3rd becomes Vedbat;. He who occupies the 4th is called Bandhaka. The one in tbe 8tb is teoned Pratibandbaka. From .Ibis planet in tbe 8th should be predicted all about the prosperity and destruction of tbe Bhava. The lords of the 2nd and 7th houses with respect to aoy Bhava are known to be the Maekas of that Bhava

flI!!¥lillllll di!{~q: ~~;j~1 ~'l:61 .

~~'t.{f.li1Rt\t ~ '" '1{l~~",q~1 II"~ I 'I1Q: 't.'l~<is 6<ilf;aQ'f,;i ,,"!.q: 111~"'''~

ij1'Qlij1'Q11lMiilIN'liai!: 1lI1:U,I'QQlg: 'f.QI~ II<. t \I Sioka-ll The aspect of a friendly but malefic planet on

another is known as Swadheena Vedha, while that by an inimi­cal but malefic is tenned Paradheena Vedha. The results pro­duced by henetics will be similar and be felt at the beginning while the same caused by malefics will be some what untoward and be felt at the end. General luck and the span of life will correspond with the strength of the auspicious and inauspi­cious planets.

{,itil "QQqg~') ft~qa'l "it 'Q~ ~I f",a ft:",~,)siii o~~ {'~ft~iJ 'l'1l1r", of'1l"l~~ I

"l,.n"I~ ~ 01 f.\t\'I1IJ ,:!al!q'q{g ~f~ijl :;lIats~i ~qfu: ~~\ijf.\. <?r mIlN{I~"', : \I" \I

Sloka-22 If in a nativity, (a) the lord of the 8th is in the 12th or the 6th; (b) lord of the 6th be placed in the 8th or the 12th (c) the lord of the 12th should occupy the 8th or the 6th; (d) the said three lords when connected in any way by mutual

40

exchange of places, mutual aspect or association and are at tbe same time free from such Sambandba with other planets the native will not be less than a gteat king, dominating over other rulers and will be renowned and wealthy

Sloka IV -22 Male (8) 11.2.187,.. SAM -----

12 Sat

2

3

10 ·Rabu

Ketu

4

8

6

5

In this chart, Venus, the lord of the 51h and 10th houses is the

Yoga Karaka occupying the 5tb position from the 10th Bhava; whereas the 5th house is 4th from him in the 2nd house, the Dhana

Bhava. He is associated with Mercury, the lord of the 9tb and the 6th; the Sun, lord of the 8th; Jupiter tbe lord of the 12th and 3rd. In short

the lordsofthe 6th, the 8th and the 12th have conjoined witb the Yoga

Karaka, Venus in the 2nd place from the Lagna. This planetary configuration has bestowed upon the native the status of a great statesman in one of the JeadingNative Stales of India . The native had

untold wealth as the lord of the 9th was in the 2nd with Venus.

The· presence of Ketu in the Kalatrn hhava has left a scar on

the lordsofthe 6th,tlle 8th and the 12th, beingsixthevery way and thus

making· them instrument of casting dark s hadows on the life of the

native also. They caused an early demise of the wife and as a result

ve ry disturbed domestic life.

qm ;fj'Wil: ~~I "!'i"I: f.'~fiil~ll11fllI~I:

iiI>'l ' "i~ r", if,~ "l'Q'l~qllll'ilS'l'1l ~~fUt I {I~l I!IFlJfu~l'q~I'l'l'j1l: c,Qla: ~alq,f;~al

41

<{\tlhr, q{l!.q'li7.;a'1~: ~~~Fl''! ' a>fl: II ~ ~ II Sloka-Z3 ShOLlld malefics be in their debilitation and

bencfics possessed of great strength be in the Kendra and Trikona Bhavas and if the lords of the 10th, 9th and 4th conjoin together either in tbe 9th o r the 10th, tbe native will be no less than a king, most intelligent, fabulously rich, reputed, possessed of greal va lour and long- living. He will be recognised and re­spected by other rulers; be virtuously disposed and omniscient.

glll~'(pi ('r~ "il~Qffl~ %.~,flIil 'l'.';;;;i; ij,i(.;;:r<q\illl~n Q('f.t "l1q)fl!:1i a,q(1{, ,

• q'''i q'lWO; f~il"f.lfu a"~I"I,!if,qifi.i!

'l1~1 "liq"l~ ,,;fl'~ll~~ .... Ii "I "'''I~'!: II ~~ II • S lokll-24 The lsi, 4th, 71h and the 10t h Bhavas are ca lled

Keudrns, Kanltlkas and Chalushtaya. the houses next to the Kendras, ie., the 2nd. the Slh, the 8th and the l11h are tenned Panapharas. Those next to Panapharas. viz, the 3rd, the 6th, the 9th and the 1 :2th are known as Apoklima. the 5th and the 9th Shaves arc termed Trikona. the 3rd, the 6th. the 10t h and the 11th are called Upachaya. the Bhava occupied by the Moon is tenned Janma Rasi, while the Lagne is called Adi or the 1st hou se .

HI,QI ~~al ~al ~ 'I'l;fi !(J~<.<II '''~!I!~''I q'~ "'\,'$: i( '" 'l'l!l!i{ ~'II\<I ,q;;fl!.<il ~'l1 : I

~"I;;;ib'l>;fi;~"I>l{"~' ll',,\<I.i\;;: !(Jf.\: ~

li.q\ 'l i! "1(~I,f(aq' F~lfltql'lfii;:.' II" ~ U •

Sloka·2S The Sun is of the character of God Siva and is sou l and father; the Moon is of the Goddess Sakti and is the mother of all beings. The other 5 planets (Mars, Mercury, Jupiter. Venus and Saturn) are the product of the Panchbhoota , • 5

42

elements such as; Prilhivi, Apt Teias, Vayu and Akasa. Jupiter, Venus and Mercury have risen from Satva ; MalS has arigi. nated from Rajas or passion, while Saturn is from Tamas or darkness. The Sun and the Moon are not the Marakas (death· giving planers); bul when they happen to own the 8th Bhava, they cause much hann and become evil.

,{~alel!il~ !l"~111'111f1:"'~t: r~al ;i\ 1;1<'11

~I~t 1ll1<::'NI ~1!1 ~~ a<:;1 <llall!(I!l'''~~ I~ I ~'lh~"'lIf;~al fu<'l~~l ft~:IIr.""<:;1 f;.<it

<:: 1~t~'!.l~<;''!~lrd~r.'QI;F~I\q~ ~1'I<I1~ II ,~ II Sloka-26 Should the benefics occupy the 6th,lhe 7th and

the 8th 8havas counled from the MOOR and the malefics are not any where in these houses, the native will be a king ~r ,equal ,to him blessed with every variety of happiness; long-living, VIC­

torious. widly reputed, learned, with all the pleasures of, the world, including the wife, children, friends. houses vehIcles and other such luxuries.

ir.i'llll(30 '1.( 16' 1<I:!(6)~'I\ S )'11: :(\ 0 'T,t1:I( 12)~~ (I )'!l.l<1'll : ~,~lfP'lf'1~: ~~ii'3lfilot( 12 ,~;:.~~ fi;~l~~"~ I

~,-r~' ~ f;r'll<rnll;'1llM ilt.'!Tt (F~ OJ,'iN i! IUl,i<\: 1iI<'I~ i!~.qrq i ~IJ, \I '(\9 II

Sloka-27 The figures 30, 16, 6, 8, 10, 12 and 1 denote the Kalas (Rasmi or the quantity of rays) of the seven planets from the Sun onwards. SUIT. up the Kalas of the lords of the 9th Bhava counted both from the ugna and the Moon. Divide this sum by 12. The Rasi reckoned from the Moon indicated by this remainder, when occupied by an auspicious planet singly, without tbe association of any malefic, will raise the man concerned to the status of a Koteswara; if by a malefic only. his wealth will be in thousands. Wben tbis malefic happens 10 be in an exalted position tben also the native will be a Koteswara.

1(2)""(5)111(11 )f.(9)'lt,.~r: 'I\/aqll11 !liifit qr liI'1U:

«('Il!l1ft1r ~;f ijftor l'I~rf4q 'f~~ I 'I1!leo Q'!II,.qq!< ~~!I ~,!oj~~r:

<I'I<ill~~~II~qPf,ijqit ~;j\~it 'tlf~~",

43

Sloka-28 When two or morc amongst the lords of the 2nd, 5tb, 11th and the 91h BhaV3S are so placed in a birth chart that they become mutually related by any Olle of the three kinds o f Samballdha and also strong, the native will be amongst the Lakhpalics. Should the lords of any of the three Trilcsthanas chance to be one of the partners in the aforesaid Sambandha, the effed will be lo la I destruction of the wealth resulling into dcb~ and the trouble from the enemies as well. All Ihis will come to pass during 100 Dasas of tbe lords of the aforesaid fOUf

Bhavas.

(SA)

6

lup Sat

8

5

Sloka IV - 28 Female 8.4.81 at 12.12 Noon

4

Rahu ,

Ketu

9

3 2

\I

Balance of Moon's Dasa 7 yrs. 7 mo,ahs 10 days

Mark the Lords orlbe 2nd. Sih. 11th and 9th houses. The Sun, Mars, Venus and Jupiter- in this nativity. The Sun, lord oflhe 2nd and Mars, thelordofthe5thand Venus, the lord of the 11th have conjoined in the

. 9th in the s ign identical with Pisces. There is mutual aspect between Jupiter who is also the lord of the 9th bouse and the 4 Planets

44

occupying it. Mercury identifies himself with the pla nets be conjoins

and Mars is a Yoga Karnka Planet having mutual aspect with Jupiter.

They also bappen to be the lords of the 91h and the 10th from tbe 9th

house. Rahu in the Cancer Lagna is note-worthy. The native isa very

brilliant student of a Public School and maintains the 2nd or 3rd

position in her class. This is a powe rful Db,lIla Yoga a nd the native

will be happily settled in life. The planetary position is most auspi­

c ious and promise high education, Status, recognition and prosperity

in life.

~w.nf~'1i!l!i! qlll'f.~ ~Hij ~~<I' r~al' '11,"g'\~'l~ 'I 't~~ llilO1Iij1 '1O 'l.qfu, I

't'" 'l!{gar~QI ~'ll,jq l"' :nSfij 'lllli""11

\I 'l11l1'{ 13'1~~ijI ~;!sal: 'lot 'I 't,,-'Ial II,~ I Sloka-29 When all the planets occupy the four Kendras

from the Lagna onwards and ~re in the fOUf Panaphara hOllses; all the Apoklima houses remain unoccupied by any planet, the native concerned will be a king or the leader of men . When in such a case auspicioius planets and tbe full Moon are not asso­ciated with or aspected by malefics. the native will be a lord and praised by the good. If the planets are not powerful. tbe native will comparatively be wanting in the above menlioncd s tatus.

~I"l~''t l!~;!I<qt qR 1Iv.r1;fl f~'Ililill<l!~ ~I~ I!II"lqR\F.!,nfl;di\~~1 "I1~r'ltl1f"la: I

r~~ 'l..'IllIit ~~i!!I''1Il1'1I 'l:. {esfq ",100, ~1~11~'I '1;(ima 8 ft ~~~!lNifol~ !;\111\ \I ~. II

Sloka-30 When there is a birth at about 2 Ghatikas after midnight or mid-day the native born will be a ruler who will dominate his enemies, observe the holy ri tes, code of conduct and be possessed of good education.

But, in the above case, when an exa lted planet should occupy tbe 2nd Bbava and be aspected by another simila rly

45

situated one, the Yoga will generate a Koteashwara. But when the aspect in the lasl case be of a plant posited only in his own 8hava tbe native born will remain a Lakshadikaree only.

~l~q "{lilt(. fl'lt fl'l{'l("11I1'if['~"I~ a'll

tfi~l~~~"~l'IQlI'Il'<!ij" {J~'~ I

3Il!ll ;;1 fu'! Q'1!ql Ill'! aa. ~I~I f~tif.",q"" ~'f.Iii1,~fq 'l"iQ,qq'f.~ ~: <r.t'i i1\"{f: II ~ t II

Sloka-31 An immovable Rasi is stronge r than a movable one. A dual is much s tronge r than an immovable one. When three pia nelS are posited in three Shavas. The aspects cast by two of the planets over the third, being placed in a C hhadaka or Vcdhaka position will be increas ing in power accord ing as the aspcct ing planet in each case is occupying a movable, an immovable or a dual Rasi. The same rule wilt apply with re­spect 10 the effects caused by the planets from tbe three Bha­vas. In the case of tbe three Drekkanas of a Rasi. if the said 3 planets are all in (a) the 1s t Drekkana of a movable sign (b) tbe middle one of an immovable and (c) the last one of a dual sign, the result will be complete. It will be medium when they all occupy the middle Drekkana of a movable sign, the last one in an immovable and the 1st in a dual sign. The result will be very lillie when these planets are all in the last Drekkana in a mov· able, the 1st Drekkana in an immovable and the middle one in a dual sign . .

q,qll1ll"H'I)q~~ ~'la~ a.n1111i;11i'll: .,~t~"I\I 'lll~"l;lIl!"\iI'(a,i(~~RR i

~ ~~ lI~~ftA ~ ~l~~''lia 1l.'Ii~!JI~'"miI "~RqQ.1 II ~ ~ II

Sloka-31 When two planets cause a Yoga - good or bad· it will be seen only if they are within 12 degrees of each other. If the planet slower in motion ~ ahead of the other which is faster aoo is also behind, the Yoga will become effective ~nd it will be rull ir the interval between these two becomes zero;

46

and it will be the nil effect, when the interval is again 12 de· grees. It will be proportionate in the intermediate positions. Should the faster planet be more than 12 degrees behind the other, tbe effect of the Yoga will not come to pass.

ijQ'1"~il;'Ilq~"'l(fq ~, "1'<=:: ~.m~ 1!'I,;rnli\'liil~~~q'f. .. ~qwgft:'f.1f.q~, :

,"q~~ Ill"'; \l1R\l1(~~"!l~ !;!i\ "11\11111

iIlI,ofte'l.~ \I'" {Q~'" tl~1I 'f.('l~,qiq II ~ ~ II

Sloka-33 Should the Moon Possessed of strength cast only applying glance (II - 18 - 19 Supra) at least on one of tbe two planets causing tbe Yoga (IV - 31 Supra) with in the recom­mended limits, the result will be specifically marked. This will not be found true if the aspecting Moon be housed in any of the Trik Bhavas. Planets cast their aspect on all tbe Bhavas; but the best effect will be felt when they are posited in their exaltation or own house. It will be medium when he is in a very friendly Bhava and it will be very meagre if he is sitting in other houses .

.mr) q~~,;r qlllRl .~ . rag<q~ QIlI<i\-«l-ifi "'~: ~I(I?J""~~~ ~ I

~~ "~II~'~"'{!l~~~!I( ft: ... ,<q~1 ;qg' ~:"''lm: ¥Alq~ ~m~ \18'11({, " ~ \I •

, Sloka~34 Note the Rasi where the lord of a Bbava is posited. The Pada of that Shaya will be as many Rasi removed from tbat lord as the lord is from the Rasi signifying tbe Bhava. It is with the belp bf this Pada and the auspicious and inauspicious plan­ets occ"'pying it, that the learned Astrologer has to compute tbe prosperi\}' or destruction of the Bhava. 1be 8 Padas should be detennined in this fashion in the case of the 1st, 2nd. 4th, 5th, 7th, 9th, 10th and the 12th Bhavas. 1be Pada for the 12th house [rom any Bbava is known as Upapada (or that Bhava. and that of the 7th as Dampada.

{I .l!I1~ '!lit ~a ~lll'~~\i: a",,~~ ~ll<!~ U"l11~qf1(a: I

~(\"'" ~'" ,,~ ~;n '1!Itfi:q;, '" "" ""~: 'Irllllitq;;js 6<qfi4"lqi~~ II ~'\ II

47

Sloka-35 When the Lagnapada is auspicious, that is, tbe house of a benefic and occupied by a benefic 100, the native will have all the comforts and good fortune. When a benefic occupies the Kendra or Kana with respect to Lagnapada, 'he native will be a king and a very learned man . When malefics are placed in the Lagnapada, in its Kendras and Konas the result will be quite contrary. This will again be true when malefics occupy the 6th, 8tb and the 12th houses from the lagnapada. In this way carefully investigate the good and bad results for all tbe 8 Padas.

"""",.: " •• !>.' ai(13lf'~~I·qq~al· 'U"!l"illl'N!,

~~''l'IiU ~,,<!ilq1i\'iIllH3!1l11't I ~) ~lq'l~tJllll~~( 1!I1~~Ir."al

a!f'WIsNt:@ .. iI1fi1QI", ~!\\!n~~'" II ~~ 1\ Sloka-36 In the same way tbe information regarding

children should be computed with tbe help of tbe Sth. 2nd aDd the 9th Pada after a careful examination of tbe Bbavas, Jupiter and the lord of Lagna (or tbe Padas of the 5th, 2nd and the 9th reckoned from Jupiter and the lord of ugna) and the Upapada, and the association and the aspect of benefic. If there is DO aspect or association of malefics the native will have a good number of issues. The sex of the children will be according to the dominating strength of the various planets concerned. . ' .

~~,,~q ~~i{I~~t<1l

a ~111 PI.u 'l(~;ji5'" ~""' "'~'i'lil: I

.n'11l1 '!<I!l~"': ~~!8ro~!1~"e' , ~~R~<i:\ll'lift<;lra 'l!!1IR~ ~: II \" II

48

Sloka-3? (1) When Mercury, Saturn and Mars are posited in the aforesaid Padas, etc. or (2) be associated with their lords; or (3) the same three planets occupy Rasi and Amsa of the Bhava; or (4) if Saturn and Jupiter be together in a single house, the loss of children is certain. The 10th house and its lord, if associated with or aspected by Saturn, will cause the native to have adopted sons. So say the wiseman.

3!re;~ "a"l!l~(R;I~'!{1~.n d1~~.'lI'" ~t " ~'n 3'!: ~~fiWI~ 'f<Il1 ~!1: "'~: I

w.rl~qq: ~~~ ft ~'11 <ft'll!! oi\ii!;JUll", "M",hgij""i{iqij~ql'{ ~~ !J"IIU ~

•

Sloku-38 All about the first wife should be devised from the 7th Bhava from the Lagna; the 81h Bhava therefrom will tell about the 2nd wife; similarly can be found oul the death of successive wives- when malefics occupy these Bhavas. Ir aus­picious planets occupy the 8th Bhava from the Lagna, death should not be predicted. The association or aspect or Jupiter and other benefics will denote the number or wives living, their respective children, their character and other qualities.

~ ft:~i~~qq~ a~ "~~T PI'!1 It !;\~Ftuft !l1l\;,!\ liT ~"It.f\f;.;ft I

¥ oft 411d ~;rgll~ ~t '~i!Jr ~ ql~",: ~~~ ;it ~ oWl: 3'!: n ~ '!, n

Sloka·39 Also, when the benefics are posited in the Upapada of the 7th, the wife may be said to be beautiful, long living and noble. When a malefic occupies the Upapada and is in his fall, the man concern will suffer the loss or two wives. In the case when the malefic is in his exaltation and aspected by or associated with a benefic, the native will have many wives living. When there is no such benefic aspect or association, the native may not get married.

~","\I,«\qq(,,,,,,,~, <Ill:

4"~~~"I<\ii(l .... q~' lfl~ 'Il .. ~ I . dlll .. ,\1 m ~f.a a;M qsnf'l;i; 11-"";'

~ @i"'''''',joft '" !I~ "!I~ .(1"(' liv-n

49

Sloka-40 All about the first wife should be investi­gated from the Oarapada and its Vpapada. Regarding the sec­ond wife infonnation should be gathered through tbe &h Bhava from these two Padas. The wise recommend that tbe number of wives who would be lost to the native should be divined through the number of Papalva if any, in the Pada over and above those in the Darapada. In the nativity where the Pada to be consid­ered is highly Subba, it will be indicative of tbe particular wife that she will promote the cause of tbe family. bring happiness, she will be long- living and afford enjoyment.

",ql\"i<'b~~~~ ~R~~~I'I. I

•

'!II!!-'AI" ~.rr\l'liII'.M~f~ ill: ~~"'q. '. ~mi't~f.tf'l: 'Jqlllql(""'t'lr~'1' (h,qql 1I11! Ii

Sloka·41 The number of Navamsas that have elapsed in the 3rd house counted backward· from the Lagna. i.e., the tllh Bhava, will denote the number or elder brothers or sisters whereas, the number of Navarnsas still to rise in the 3rd house reckoned in regular order from tbe Lagna will indicate the number yet to bOrn. Regarding the sex o f the issues (male or remale) the wise should divine according to the rules on the subject . The number or those surviving or otherwise should be calculated from the strength or the auspicious and inauspicious planets respectively.

'l.'ii~~q~ ",,"i'4'1i!;!lll<lOlI<lt Iilsi'4~: liht,l<I,"!t<il {f.l~'lt a:!!~f.I~I('I;: I

~[ll;!i'lfua' .~;ft "'~ l·q~T>i)IllII'l ,,'q~I1i"'l'I'{'I!l!{~ 1!I1~i!;n{r ~~: "1/ '( Ii

50

Sloka-42 Note the planet from the SUIl onwards that has travelled the highest number of degrees in the Rasi occupied by him. He is designated as Adhikagraha or senior planet in the birth chart. Should the Sun associate with Ihis Adhikagraha, the native will be an adviser to the k.ing. When Ihis posit ion is taken by the fu ll Moon and Venus, the man concerned will be very rich, learned and blessed with all the pleasures of life. Should Mars be in their place the native will carry anns, may be a commander of an army or a worker in metals and a wicked man .

m;lf: '10 qa •• uql\~,," ' . iUI-r.ft~ ~~"if.lf",l fi:;I~" '!IiAA~~lff.l<l. I

i{itiis~g;OSW~I{fuqil ~sfil ~'" "'" ~~flt~'Jl(tf~ 'l'N~: UII ~ II

Sloka-43 Should this planet be Mercury, the native will be a great sculptor or a dealer in earthen jars and clothes. Should it be Jupiter, ' be will be a sacred Brahmin performing Veda dulies and well versed in the Vedas and tbe other works related to them. When Venus be such a planet, the native will be long. lived, prone to excess sex pleasure. Should it be Saturn, the man concerned will engage himself in all sorts of vocations. Rahu or Ketu in a s imilar situation will make him clever in pre· paring medicines for poison and engaging himself in metals and the like.

S~II~ ~r~,"~~ '!I'~~1 ~: slliTil i1 ~ <mltqs~: ~sRi>f1ii\ 'It!. I

8{~ ~fl!~'S\~I1I~ II ijI"'I{\'lIA .. :

~ftqf1l;~f(l~I$.Ift<lfil~ ~f~II~lr"'~1 : UIIVII

Sloka·44 If in a nativity the 2nd bouse counted from tbe Adhikagraha is aspected or occupied by the SUD and Venus, be will serve in a palace. Should a malefic be in the 3rd bouse from the Adhikagraha the native will possess valour.lnstead, should there be a benefic, the man concerned will be a very

51

timid man. WkD die MOOD occupies tbe 4th house from Mbibgraba .... is iH: .. kd by Venus. the native wiD be a great pilot 01" ilm. WileD the 4th bouse under consideration is occupied or ."I-x:lt:d by the MOOD and Venus, the native will be bles~ed with seveGll storeyed buildings and tbe like com-forts.

.

qJ \I "'1<11(1(\'"<11'1:

"~il!1~: 1

'It

'I~tR iI'IT q~ II 11'1 II Sloka-4S. When Ibc Moon and Venus occupy or aspect

the 4th bouse fiom tbc Adbibgtabapada. the native will own a palaaal building if II .... rv:t in exaltation occupies tbis 4th place. The 1"'5111t will be similar, but the · native himself will develop white agel Ned" leprosy. So should the wise predict everything as stated above from an examination of tbe Rasi, Navamsa, a.r D.·bV __ ' where in tbe Adbikagraha is pos­iled. A native"s prolE ..... and manliness sh~uld be predicted tbrough lbc plpnd pc: sing next lower degrees and Amsas from the AdhoUpalIa.

5·-'

~(>l111'1: ~'-il!l'ii,,(1,,% l!r~"","~ ~lfft'. i .... " .. il 'lq~,".,qlj{A !l)lA;\q: I

~"I"""lq(I('!la(""('!I1(1<1I~: 1\ t 11 ~ •• '.All :.. 'I(ljql~ '" "WiI""" .. ,'I ",qul,lIlI,

1J'ii"l1If ... ,~" ftmr '1u.",j''''t,(\\;lt: 1 SectionVRclatiog to Action. Function or Doing.

About the Adioa, Function or Ooing of the Bhavas and the Planets.

52

SIoka-l·l Ih The first Bhavi stands for (n Body (2) Iim~ (3) happiness and misery (4) old age (5) knowledge (6) birth place (7) lame (8) dream (9) strength (10) dignily (11) polili'" (12) longevity (13) tra nquility (14) age (IS) barr (16) appear· ance (17) pride (18) livelihood (19) gambling for others (2) stigma (21) bonour (22) Skin (23) sleep (24) proficiency (25) embezzlement (26) nature to insult others (27) freedom from sickness (28) detachment (29) nature (30) agency (31) persev­erence in canle breeding (~ loss of sense of decorum and (33) blame from one's own caslemeo.

~r""'IR<I~,"~;m'lI!J'hi\"'llA "'!1"'''"''Ft~il fftr~"'(''''dl;j''''," i"'IIC' wf!l'l: II ~ •

~'~;t "q~",q' 'l~"") Il)<!}4f.t,i'iQQI: '!II(1ti! lI~~f~"'tq"'!Ii'IOI'I"Q.I: I

~'II~oi ~,,",,"I'" i'iiilq 1 ill'!IIQ"t..'q • .a<qr ..... i\~ IT1Ilq'lf~~""" ll'I1I1<t. II ~ •

Slob-l Ih-J The second Bhava denotes: (1) speech (2) wealth (3) faith in saaed InditioD (4) supporting others (5)

• nails (6) enjoyment (7) truth and false bood (8) tongue (9) eyes (10) clollIes (11) diamond (12) copper (\3) gems (14) pearl (15) determination (16) incense (17) family relationship (18) trade (19) softness of speech (20) liberality (21) effort to acquire wealth (22) friendship (23) friend (24) splendour (25) miserli­ness in spending (26) pleasant oratorical ability (27) scbolar­ship (28) gold (29) silver (30) com (31) modesty (32) selling nose (33) finnness of mind (34) a close dependent (35) cycle of life and death (.36) living power and (37) finance.

~. '" i '... . qq 1I1 .. (<< ..... (OIl~~I ... "'!tQj.

'!IIq..,q U(\\II."~'" 1;1<~ lin R'J5q: I ~'" ~·q"iI; lWIi1i\W'61\"Ii\"",ft;" •

«f",~qR,"I\~lII!lari RQlf.:i\~' ~ n \I II

;mU ~<"'lI\ll<I"1I1II >[<If" fll"lm

53

~qdr\t~ I stoka 4 4 'h The following are to be dctcnnined from the

third Bhava: (1) CourAge (2) brothers (3) battle (4) ears (5) legs 6) roadside place (7) confusion of the mind (8) fitness (9) heaven or paradise (10) causing sorrow (11) dream (12) soldier (13) heroic valour (14) relatives (15) friend (16) wandering (11) throat (18) taking unspoiled or purefood (19) partition of property (20) ornaments (21) nobility (22) learning (23) pas­lime (24) pbysical strength (25) goin (26) Pbysical growth (27) noble descent (28) attendant (29) the part of tbe band between the forefinger and tbe tbumb (sacred to the Manes) (30) maid servant 31) short journey by a good vehicle (32) a large under­laking (33) ooc's own religious dUly.

;q;qlP ~ " ~~~, "I~~"l .mq", "" II --ftli" ~ ~ " '41'1 Q ; qq: uq .. \lCUG-.I\ a4UtI r::'04I1tt

R'!mi\*,~I(II~q"q: ~<i\I"4I",: fiA: I ~~l(llIdl"''i'lt;l~~ amAtal!l(li\

"'~f.t.::I~!lf~;:iI c::m ~~~1111{ II ~ II IIAI ~~(lH\Tqft'"1!TI ~\'.'{1IRl<ft

fll"i ~ W1!1,,;{ " ...m 1I1'!: ~~~I I ;r. •• 'III/jt.;"!1Ili,n(ltl(>Tftqr '""ftiII;tf~",-

~"""!!'1t!1~ ~ 11"11'1'l'l1",,1ll. II IS II

SIoka- 4 1>-7 learning (2) kingdom 93) house (4) travel (5) vehicles like rickshaws and small boats (6) oil bath (7) motber (8) relatives (9) friend (to) caste (11) gannen! (12) well (13) water (14) milk (15) perfume (16) happy man (17) good name (18) a life saving drug (19) trust (20) false allega­tion (21) tent (22) victory (23) tiresome work (24) land and agriculture (25) a garden (26) digging of a pond or well (27) wells for the public use (28) mother's side (29) sharp intellect

54

. (30) Catber (3 1) wife (32) aa:umulatioa of waJtb (33) a pala­cial bouse (34) art (35) bouse opc:"inI (36) woclusioDS (37) disposition (38) damage to one's plopaly (39) paternal prop­erty (40) celestial food (41) art of disdo-;ng where abouts of stolen property (42) an ant bill (43) JHlHCKohoa of Vedic and sacred "lore (44) buffalos (45) cows (46) bones (47) elephants (48) surplus com, o f grain prochHTd awl wet lanek are to be divined from the fourth bouse.

I

"1;n.I''flI{I.ql .. R~~ ~~ .... 1(

.RI1~a'~~I.qf.\'Rl 'Im~Fnt II ~ II

'Il.~ Q"dl ~~"'" ~,,~~{q'''''IiI'q(''''1 'lilqq~~U; I

q·iNltI"UAij SCflln13QJQli4J:' '4if Ii(

S.qI6<'lA'lI(l!'lI:iI'I'IiI: g"'6"1<i\ .. ~ U '" II

SIoka ...s-, 'h The following are to be investigated through the fifth house : (1) progeny (2) fatbers virtue-I!. ads (3) a king (4) a minister (5) good moI'3Js- (6) bAlynical art (7) mind (8) learning (9) pregnancy (10) discretion (11) umbrella (12) in­structive stories (13) auspicious lencrs (14) garments (15) a great desireable action (16) patemal ptoperty (17) foresighted­ness (18) fortune througb wife's luck (19) liasioDS with cour­tezans (20) profundity (21) firmness (22) secrd (23) decorum (24) wrl.jng 01 news (25) weU-beiD« (26) frl",klUp (27) • long literary production (28) engaging (110_ £If ill any business (29) belly (30) invocation through ..... as (31) Unoounlable wealth (32) gift of cooked rice (33) djscri .. Hnation between virtue and vice (34) chanting of Veda Manbas (35) Wisdom (36) ability for criticism (deep poocIeriDg) (31) ways of eam-

55

ing money (38) a festive occasion when drum or tabor is played (39) great contentment (40) profound learning (41) hereditary post of minister.

0111 fillI!unful{'i!~q;'f.~a:!illq;l!lfdT '11-;1!'C:;I!!1\~q;~~'i'lu\""\;II~-qit~-,'.n: II \ 0 \I

3I'll1'tHRiunq'!T~ft~~"'Iq~"I""~ij'­f>l'l~~"!!'''~ '~iI"~ . .j)sf.\~ i\;r~ I

fltl:l'i:J"I!q;,,,,m.,,q;~Ii;r~,: Q fq'\!1 Ii flt-" .

~i>1''t'9fi\qlf<T'it''lf.\"~,, \;1'\" "~1!1:lU\1l: \I ~ ~ \I

'I!'''l,,-qrn QHq~ e faf.\;<::, ",Q "I1!l filq a: ~Tni\~ijil~!l~~ii1~1 ''1: 'ml{I"I~it I

S10ka -9 Y.z..1l Ih (1) Disease (2) obstacle (3) fighting in combat (4) maternal uncle (5) phlegm (6) swelling in the body (7) cruel actions (8) insanity (9) a boil (10) enmity (11) miser­liness (12) sickness (13) venereal wound (14) cooked rice (15) weariness (16) debt (11) reproach (18) enemy's satisfaction (19) col!~' lmption (20) heat (21) a wound (22) mental worry (23) intense anguish (24) enmity with many people (25) inces­sant eye trouble (26) receiving alms (21) untimely meals (28) a fall from a boat (29) trouble and fear from one's benefactors (30) gain (31) exertion (32) poison (33) a severe colic or gout (34) fetters (35) guarding of one's own credit (36) urinary trouble (37) dysentery (38) the six flavours (39) severe reproach (40) service (41) theft (42) calamity (43) prison house and (44) misunderstandings with brothers and the like are to be investi­gated from the 6th house.

,. ;" I(O'l f~'1I'. "Ill~"I"ell\·~I~iji

I!riilrolllf.'i1'(\~fi~l!I 'W'lIq""~"'1l: 61<'l:!s "I 1I'l111fl!~Nfli"'l<;!l'''!I'''I," , .

~alqfrrf'llli:J{~tis g~ '1 'i." ~: I

56

"iiII:;q " ij-n qljl"'!l~IIN: !l.q~I~IQ1" · ~" ~1~f.I"g~ ~qa'lI"'llOll'a~~~ '1", II n II

~IC{' it$t~ "$"'llIaIWlql~~ 6'<1

:;nqr 1l1"'.r.r {~~IIfutis .v1! ~lI'Ill!. 1 SIoka-lIlh- IJ1h The following are to be investigated from

the 7th bouse: (1) marria ge (2) Unchastity (3) winning of a love (4) enmity with a debauched female (5) deviation from the right path (6) good perfume (1) music (8) flowers (9) t.1king of savoury food and drinks (10) chewing betel leaves with areca (11) break in a journey (12) curd (13) loss of memory (14) acquisition of gannents (15) semen virility (16) faithfulness of the husband (17) a pair of wives (18) generative organs (19) Urine (20) tbe anus (21) trade (22) sweet drink (23) tasting of nectar, soup, ghee, etc. (24) gifts (25) loss of power and status (26) victory over enemy (27) money kepi in another place (28) controversy (29) sexual union (30) adopted son (31) relishing food prepared in gbee (32) foreign place (33) wife (34) all secret pleasures due to sex (35) theft.

3T(gl IIp.'IQnll.1 ~a~;j «~~'l4ii 'lftI-~!iJ) ll1 ', u('IiT("lT'il~i!{\ a,i/{:;r,~ iii"", II ~ Y II

mil: "'~~i!'!<fi;g"iR.IQI: ,"WI(tl is • ~!iJ!IIIi!QU;;j~'i ;rot'l~oq<q!iGU(~i!J: .. "

iIl;jI"IR"~ ~" flH~~ ~1'iq<'H"": '114 it""l)li{R,,~«i!~!1!:'iIf.l 'I II ~~ \I

f'l"Il;iI~";'I iii'll ",,<I q f {'II("III f \f.q 1 ",:1111

g:[I<!I'<I"it(oq~ 'I "Q~ III'I:~~~qp'!; 1

SIoka-lJIh.l.9h It is from the 8th bouse that the following should be predicted: longevity (2) happiness (3) defeat (4) patri mony (5) an afflicted face (6) grief due to death of rela­tives (7) witeh craft (8) quarrel over food (9) urinary disease ( to) calamity (11) brother's encmy (12) wifc's sickness (13) a

57

tuft of braided bair (14) enemy's fortress (IS) misery (16) idleness (11) punishment from the ruler (18) fear (19) loss of moncy (20) ~tuming a debt (21) unintentional receipt of olber's money (22) long standing plOperty (23) meeting a wicked man (24) Vice (25) tilling of a living being (26) loss of limb (27) decapi­tation (28) formidable .miction (29) mental anxiety from I

story (30) chain of misfortune (31) overdiligeoce in doing cruel acts (32) battle and (33) great mental tensioD.

~r-i "q~1iQ"",a'"!l.rtf?; 1!~''I'IT­~T'Tr~'l!ri:l::~>l"~ f.Tm"l1!i ~1(iI: II ~ ~ II

•

'114 ""q~" .al~'Ii"t'l1l1m~~,,: ~Ii!: !r.!~Ii'lfti: !l1!~~ ~~~{<I'n I

3T!lilq~!f1~tllqfht: ql1~q'liI""-"I:; .. ~

lI1I"I1~" I ~lfi~'1;{I!.I'1T: ~'l. !lltlll: II ~IS II

SIoka-lS 1h-17 (1) Giving alms (2) Virtue and religion (3) pilgrimage (4) penance (5) reverence to elders (6) medicinal drugs (7) oonduct (8) purity of mind (9) divine worship (10) bardwork to acquire learning (11) splendour (12) conveyance (13) amuence (14) desliny (15) dignily (16) fable (17) lravel (18) holy balhs (19) nourishmenlS (20) good comp.ny (21) happiness (22) palemal weallh (23) son (24) d.ughle< (25) .11 sons of we.llh (26) 00.... (27) elephanlS (28) buffaloes (29) coronation ball (30) establishing the Brabminic faith (31) a Vwic sacrifice (32) circulation of wealth are to be predicted (rom the 9tb bouse.

~1Ui.q ~q'r<l"ISV1lIl~ 1!lll'm""flf,1lT ~tll~ ~~Q~ffif'lN~'II!II ",,~q: I

IqAA gWiCII'l!;r.r.!t l<{<I,!S""mu-: !!I1~~lI': ~11 II ~.: II

~

I/Illt qR5'ft~iI ~ iq!l(

!l~1Il1I~1I~ " ~~~!fillfti: !!I1fi;fW I

•

58

Sioka-IS-IS ~ (1) Trade (2) honour from the Sovereign (3) riding a horse (4) athletics (5) Government work (6) serv­ice (7) agriculture (8) doctor (9) fame (10) depositing of a treasure (11) sacrifice (12) Pre-eminence (13) elders (14) tal­isman (15) incantations (16) mother (17) magnitude of moral merits (18) medicine (19) thigh (20) gods (21) accomplishment of a spell (22) prosperity (23) adopted son (24) a lord (25) road (26) honour (27) honourable living (28) a prince (29) fame (30) teaching (31) seal (32) supennacy (33) subjection and (34) the intension to conunand are to be detennined from an ex­amination of the 10th house.

~qi {l;\fiI~~I~\I~;m;T'" <ro~"'" . • ~~iit'l"qf.t~1\1II1,,1 \I1f"~'I1l!;r1J. II ~ <I, II

f~~ ~;n,~sfli~ I'i ~fil;q alIT ~"lilfll~'I1IIIIIUIlI\Qi;rfi!~1iI " I

'I!~"'~(OlIWilltl~""".I\ft:~ti\lI'I : ~'!I\I!~ <NI 'Il'l.ll0l) ~II 'I1~1~: II ~. II

fIIf\t1d'Qlla: !f<'lll1q,,~ "'~1 OIil~l/I ~1 iI>IflIfla:?i<tl'l~'Ii~oq~I~~I~ I

90ka 18 1,).20 ~ (1) Gain from all sources (2) wicked de­sires (3) all kinds or receipts (4) dependency (5) eldest brotherl sister (6) paternal uncle (7) worshipping deities (8) worship­ping the good (9) learning (10) acquisition or gold and wealth (11) extremely clever (12) paternal property (13) the knee (14) a pre-eminent place (15) love or ornaments and pearls (16) master's wealth (17) loss or interest on capital (18) gold orna­ments ror one's lady love (19) wisdom (20) ministership (21) brother- in- law (22) gain (23) dawn or rortune (24) wish rul­filment (25) easy gain (26) cooking (27) desire (28) mother (29) longevity (30) ear (31) the sbank (32) beautiful paintings and (33) the skill in practical arts sbould be looked into from the 11th bouse.

1i\~'IW'I'I)t:q'iisr~l1i1s ~~~,j ~;\fi 1fRlarlRl~<nn"'~II,,"IIIT: ~f"'<i ft1J:n ,~ \I

l;t"ii\(QI_laf.I!!5Rf'''''I,,~~q\ll """oj '" fq,"("e~q'l""'111~~11!;!1fI: I

~): ;ft'l'1l'll'lllla'

fqil:\t\","~ ... ..,n.'\l'l(ft\m ,"~n~ 'Ii"1~ ",<II

<"fa~f\\~,;q<~"iI \IlI~~~~," ft:"'~Ia: '

S9

Slob -10 ~Z2 Y.!: (1) Awakening from sleep (2) mental agony (3) the two feet (4) fear from enemy (5) imprisonment (6) liberation from pain (1) discbarge of debts (8) elephants (9) horses (10) paternal wealth (11) enemy (12) entry into heaven (13) left eye (14) people's ellflli1y (IS) mutilation of a limb. (16) gallantry (17) loss through marriage (16) renouncing ihe couch (19) tennination of the appointment (20) the place of enemy's imprisonment in chains (21) mental agitation (22) wretchedness (23) bann (24) a blow to the idea of happiness of the parents and brothers (25) discussion or dispute (26) anger (27) physical injury (28) death (29) going to another place (30) expenditure througb all sources (31) loss of wife are tbe issues 10 be deduced from the 12th house.

at11111~mf\\<ft~1IT~~"'oi\"" SI'I1 ,"~q : ~ ... . . "'''19.~q'''1IG~~ {OO'lq,. ~. II ,~ \I

n:~ qll~~'Illi.fi\'!{i~I~l,,~ aft~,q"q~.n""'i!pm'!lq\llqr!¥l' I

"'liITl(4.,Q ~t~;fi nil "'UIlli!tl!1~: Ii'I1il ~(1{f'l'<ldq~1 ~~~~

<(I ~Ri "~:lIf~: ij'Ii(ll<~t>f\'IR~ ~ ~lttl'lqft\""{lI"1ftn.q(f\1111 a;r.t: ~: I

60

~: ~~.'''(if'll {r.iI '" ~I '!?::

qm",~ .... ~.~lf\{lm~~'1H II ~ ... "

1I"1'lAA.",\1Wll ",,('trot. ~- . lilt: ~: I

ICsIrkaho or Planets

SIoka 21 Y.t-25 Y.t The following belong to the Sun: (1) The soul (2) power (3) intense severity (4) fortress (5) good strength (6) heat (7) splendour (8) firc (9) worship of Siva (10) courage (11) tbomed trees (12) being in royal (avour (13) biUemess (14) old .ge (IS) cattle (16) w;ckedness (17) land (18) falhe' (19) taste (20) self-realisation (21) skyward look (22) one born of a timid woman (23) world of mortals (24) square (25) bone (26) v.lou, (27) grass (28) lhe belly (29) slrenuous effort (30) forest (31) balf a year (32) eye (33) wandering over the moun-18;ns (34) quadruped (3S) lUng (36) I"vemng (37) deal;ng (38) bite (39) scorch (40) circular shape (41) eye disease (42) body. (43) timber (44) mental purity (45) lordship of tbe whole country ' (46) freedom from disease (47) Lord of Saurashtra state (48) ornament (49) disease in tbe bead (SO) pearls (51) Lord of sky (52) short like a dw.rt (53) Ion! of Ibe Easl (54) CoPP" (55); blood (56) kingdom (57) a red cloth (58) a stone (59) public life (60) river bank (61) coral (62) strong at mid-day (63) East (64) Mouth (65) long standing anger (66) capture of the enemy (67) satvika (pure) (69) red chandan or saffron (69) hostility and (70) thick cord.

!~: !l.<q'!!It;~"It";('"I1Nfu01I~~­~",q\'lfa!l;;I!"Fl~~'1~"''1qlq';;!'liI: "~~,,

f;i~ lI~a,,'iI «lI{a.~~a'"l\l '11\!f1 l1qa>.';ji",~"tnI"I,t;i'I"~"'i I

'I1"~cj mi.llilij"'''''''i;«\'''~: !(lim)

. ~ ""'~j'!J«l!11i''liIf;a'ldil'~I: · " ~" n

61

~ .. r",q~~",<qfu'''': ~rll1i\'{'I"" . .$500: ~~Il" . G~'\ ,,~: 1

--lWiI' ...... ..~ '..:.... • .. ,4 ... "' ... -jqqj'lllil!! ... ~lmIll8ll: IItI!r"l:f.~q .. ,q .. l .... ~\;tt;fr( .. ~ ~: " ,.: II

oft~ ~~l1qi{ .. t "i l;1<qjqq: ~'f;II;i!!O'U I

.... a': ori\'lq\{~ ~~Ifl'!f.'~ 'lv-t ~\J "11ft .~f.I.n: II '(q, a

SIoka·25-Ih-29 (1) Intelligence (2) flower (3) good per­rune (4) going to a fortress (5) disease (6) Brahmin (7) idleness

• (8) Phlegmatic humour (9) epilepsy (10) enlargement of the spleen ( tl) mtntal disposition (12) heart (13) woman (14) virtue or vice (I S) sourness (16) sleep (17) happiness (18) any thing like waler (19) s ilver (20) thick sugarcane (21) typhoid (22) travel (23) well (24) lank· (25) mother (26) impartiality (27) mid-day (28) pearls (29) consumption (30) whiteness (31) waistband (32) bell-metal (33) salt (34) short statu~ (35) mind (36) .bili'y (37) pond (38) diamond (39) winle, ... son (4D) • break of 48 minutes «mabutllta» (41) £.acial lustre (42) white colour (43) belly (44) worshipping Goddess Gauri (45) honey (46) joking (47) lIOuri,bmen, - (48) whea' (49) pleuu .. (50) splendour (51) face (52) sharp in thought (53) love of curd (54) mendicant (55) fame (.56) beauty (57) strength at night (58) facing westward (59) learned (6) saline (61) getting a job (62) love for west (63) the middle WOrld (64) nine gems (65) middleage (66) life (67) eating (68) going to br otT countries (69) ailment of the shoulders (70) Umbrella or any other royal insignia (71) good fruits (72) blood purity and vitality (73) ftSb. and otber water creatures (74) serpent (75) silk gannents (76) good budding (77) brilliant tbing9 (78) clean crystal and (79) soft and velvety clothes :-all these belong to the Moon.

~,q. '~"~~I11~I(;;;u>ft~om~'lI­liIo 'l~Rm,.~~ iJ~'(I("M~firII: ,

•

62

3!r"q·INqfu,~<tli~ ~~ ~'l<it "i!'~I'"i~r '{I.t: ;f.lqill~~qr.l'l'lql 'n;!fll'!ll~r~"' : 1\ ~ 0 1\

mil""I~aHr;!it""i1;'l<>71iN1Il'~''l f~~rfu!!~llIWfi"'!lR.r!llr~;~?:<'i qlU!: I

!1'Usrui;JQ 'i~r ;j;Mq\>lI" t'".~i\ ql!l1~ <;~'\.""' ~~;J>7f\6'<fi f.;~I~ I(~ II ~ ~ Ii

tq!/l<q~I!f,"rR~~ "I.I/lli~~~ ~"f.l ~~ i\'{q('IN~ .~"il !I1r"N~rll<'liII r

(i"ii.'S14i'1'{~t~"SI(~;j;'(H ""'I ;::nt(ln~!1~ 'Ii~~!I1q<fivtF.lit Ii ~, 1\

~ 6mf.l,",.~~"~,,,~'lI " 6fif~~'{1 ;j;1'I.r.t'm''''''~(~\j': '<\011\: i'" i

"'1OO~r(ie'l""i!.i'lI;la;!lrll{: ~ 1:;111 qfuF.l;l1"~~ "fiR'!'!I""".' \I H Ii

.mil(1l1("'".~~ 3!ll'!!i~,.~.,,-

*"""II\i,,,, ~'iliItll"'fql!l 't'T.I ~ i S&oka-JO..3J Ih ( 1) Prowess (2) land (3) s trength (4)

carrying arms for the battle (5) Kingship (6) loss of verility (7) thief (8) battle (9) hostility (10) ene my (11 ) generosity (12) love for dee p red colour things (13) owning a ga nJen (14) sound of a trumpet ( IS) affection (16) quadruped (17) king (18) fool (19) anger (20) going to a foreign count ry (21) fimmcss (22) supporter (23) fire (24) controversy (25) bile (26) heal (27) wound (28) service under a ruler (29) day (30) sky (31) seeing (32) short ness (33) disease (34) fame (35) tin (36) sword (37) lance or spear (38) minister (39) fracture of a limb (40) jewel (41 ) praying to God Subrnhmanya (42) youth (43) pungent (44) Dumar Hall (45) ea rthen pots (46) obstacles (47) fl esh· ealer (48) caluminating others (49) victory over enemy (50)

63

bitter (1) strong at the end of the night (52) gold (53) summer season (54) valour (44) enemy's strength (56) profundity of character (57) strength (58) man (59) tendency (60) God Brahma (61) axe (62) forester (63) Village headman (64) state inspec­lion (65) pain while passing _urine (66) square (67) goldsmith (68) rogue (69) burnt place (70) good dinner (71) leanness (72) deft in archery (73) blood (74) copper (75) a beautiful cloth (76) facing South (77) inclining towards South (78) desire (79) anger (80) scandal (81) house (82) an anny commander (83) Sataghni, a weapon (84) a tree (85) Sarna Veda (86) brother (87) spade or hatchet (88) looking after the wild animals (89) independence (90) persistency (91) land (92) judge (93) ser­pent (94) world (95) speech (96) ficlde mindedness (97) mount­ing a vehicle (98) sight of blood (99) coagulation of blood, all these and many more things have been credited by tbe wise as belonging to Mars. .

full;fi;r!!~W'li)\T"fUTa\J;~If.\ 'l!..m::;Il:. 'Ir>.;Hi ~~(l;.,'l'i. '1'1'17. ,fIlI~;JJlI ~fta:

~ '"q<1!)fu'l<ii>i1!;' t\"'1~lij~'i1;;'1!1 '1,lul.>i '!',{'lOr 'l''1~~;a~[;!I~{T: ,

p;rt~ 'I ~~'!oit""ijq '1qi~'f.t"T~ilT ~ ',,~ ,- - """ 'HT'1!i!''!R'~'~I'''l;r: .... TI'l'l[{' "I~:

ta~·(~il~)'f.~~~I\J'Ri;\~T ;;~;j '1fi1;~I~~fu~'1Ta';l~~;([f: "~Iu(: ~11: I

~T>ff")''1'lft:.f¥:>~" ~11!i;1!I; ,,~I'li fii q) flr'IJf)'lTIi~~~q~~~:;rT 'iI'll '111~,aT

~!I"~.nilhn~"~i'~'q[~!iW trll: tr1.ih lIllI'I,: trll~'lit '1T'1'1!~I!1fl!'l': I

'11q1uiUt'li 'iT"". 'iT Il!/ ~II{T{;n~ij~t~'" f"::FIII!!<;!II"11!'illl.II~ Ia;;rl~ilil: '1"""1:

II ~11 II

II ~IS II

64 -

SIok.34 \' ~YT Mercury rules over (1) education (2) borses (3) treasury 94) mathematics (5) wisdom (6) speech (7) Brah­min (8) int'anlry (9) writing (10) new garment (11) palatial building (12) green colour (13) sculpture (14) astrology (15) pilgrimage to holy places (16) wise lectures (17) Icmplc (18) trading (19) best ornaments (20) courteous speec;b (21) Ve­danta pbilosopby (22) maternal-grand-father (23) bad dreams (24) eunuch (25) fac;ng North (26) skin (27) we' (28) bell­metal (29) renunciation (30) Ritu (season) (31) • beautiful bouse (32) doctor (33) neck (34) influencing througb recitation of manilas (33) cbild (36) crooked look (37) heave. (38) -modealy (39) pa .. mal relaHon (40) rear (41) clandng (42) devo';on (43) humorous temperament (44) powerful in tbe moming (4S) He­manta Ritu (46) slone to sharpen knives (47) tranquility (48) navel (49) family prosperity (SO) mixed items (51) proficient in Ttlugu language (52) worship of lord Vishnu (53) Sudn (54) Inn! (55) after- born (56) dep,h or • language (57) 'he D;­rections (SS) Albarv. Veda (59) religious action (60) tower (61) dust (62) garden (63) pudendum virile (64) even (65) benefic (66) moving in villages (67) impartial nature (68) ' rond or North­West quarter (69) well versed in tbe legends or the past (70) specialist in grammar (71) expert in testing or the precious stones (72) a scbolar (73) maternal uncle (74) sacred prayer (7S) an amulet and (76) spells or a high order.

~~t<I~t<AiIi{~ "(ld~~1 1/lqlu) "'f,\~lflIlOftqtu:~~8I'" .,.~:

~~'i\fW~q~"Irt;qlfllri"niqU ~R'A8Iq(ll\lt'~I\lI(1iI~I51: " ~~ "

~~ ~1(\lqf,\ffiI(,q'lQ\l>",;j\~lijlq: I

~ "~.nq"I(,,q~~I!~ ~¥ lilii lIfq,n.mlPl!l~~",,"'_~'>liI,,": " ~., "

~) ",q.;1 ~ot~(\1"'" ",~'"-h-

~~ ~'(!..i"-i"'1{1i( Il~R~.'1 'If'l. : . oft: "~Ii'"nl.qill~''1~t'l''tldii~I'IOi

f' .. ~:'\

iIllI"llq'l'lt'l "Il!~g lit'll: qt, ~ '" ~ .. ,

.fmllll:t'i:~ II,!,'!: '1~ ~{l!'1~~~ i{1'r ,!""q;f,:~ " "'l'f.tl!ll'6;\fIR; .. : •

<c 16 ~'Ill;!l"" lQR1l1I tlll'!t'l~!!'l!t ••

~~'lt'l'l~fe"'iRi!t<ttt; qR'n~ gil:

65

11 I/o 11

11 \/~ 11

Sioka 314-41 ( I) Brahmin (2) Guru (3) one's dUly (4) Chariot (5) cow (6) infantry (7) savings (8) Meemamsa (9) treas ure (10) hol5C (11 ) curd, etc. (12) large body (13) Valour (14) reputation (IS) logic (16) ,astrology (17) son (18) grandson ( 19) dropsy (20) wealth of elephants (21) philosophy (22) great grand· fathers (23) paJaciaJ house (24) gems (25) eldest brother (16) grand father (27) Lord loon (28) cold season (29) wrath (30) jewel (31) merchant (32) physical health (33) • beautiful mansion (34) royal honour (35) thigh (36) Gods (37) penance (38) charity (39) n:1;gious duty (40) belp;ng otbe .. (41) ;mpar· liality (42) facing North (43) circular (44) yellow colour (45) moving in villages (46) North (47) close friend (48) swinging (49) orator (SO) rat (51) old gallnent (52) I new house (53) hap­piness (54) old (55) Mantras (56) twice born (57) holy water (58) knee (58) movement in heaven (60) I house granting all comforts (61) intellect (62) proficiency in learning (63) litera­ture (64) tower (65) channing an audience (66) throne (67) installation of God Bnhma (68) st~ng at all times (69) month (70) Vessels (71) Lapis Lazuli (72) fruits of Agnisthoma rite (73) sweet juice (74) being Good (75) happiness (76) misery (77) lengtb (78) gentleness (79) reading olber's mind (SO) gold (81) ornamentalion (82) device (83) wind (84) pblegm (85) topaz (86) vedic text (87) brilliancy (88) softness (89) • Slone (90) worship or lord Shiva (91) performing ooc's religious duties and (92) travelling in a well-decoraled carriage,lall these are assigned to Jupiler.

66

~ <3'llf'll ij{['~ { ~'11 ~I~ f.qt<~l f~.~1

8' 'q'llil~" ilil!IiIi~l;Ii;l'Il'~~''ll\lilil : I ;fi\ fii ~ ','I II : ~l 'II ~al!tqf~~ 'ill {if,l­

f,"q~1q'J{[~ij'~I!l'f.lq'ii~~ilil:

111;;::l!'MRlIi'ln ij{ij~l.n ~11l1'l<i;

'Ila1(wm f~R'iIi~al '[iI " 'I'>i ~~: I

tfta \l1"~"l1l""'I<I1~l {ll1lfll'l : ~'I!) 'l<'{l lI1"1f<1R,,",lf;ou~'Illm;;q'1;'H."I:

~1~"r.iR"lI~'I;H~'II'I"I~~ •

~"'1t(I(iI\I'a~~~1ij!l{Rt;::ij13I: I

l\li ~\.<l~"; ",~f.!111J'll ~~ ~~h,,) '1l~'liflIjJq,"1~Hl!l 'I1C:ilil,;,t,fit:

~~itl'r"'1lI" I ~('I;::;1II1~1 "1'1''11''161 .

~ifi>~"~f",n '1'''''1\1 'l"~'::I''!l: I

tV thn'l"l! I fit ~'i' f> 1f;1,ijI ~ 'Ii'lla: <r. : . . ~ ~.ql'.1 {'I'll ~"~'1i!'; "I1?!l;!.,:;!: ~\l'l.

~ 'l:I 'l'lrrr.i\<r.~rirt iIlfl<!TI~ 'I'll

",f1IlI"l"" 1~P<~~<i ~~ '1~:;!l\'I1it. I

11 V, II

11 V~ II

11 VV 11

11 V'" 11

Slo~ 42-45 Venus presides over .(I) while umbrella p) a good chowric (3) garment (4) m;miagc (5) income (6) a biped (man) (7) woman (8) Brahmin (9) Subha (10) While ness (II) wife (12) sexual happiness (13) short (14) sour (15) nower (16) command (17) fame (18) Youthful vigour (19) Vehicle

' (20) silver (21) Soulh·Easl quarter (22) saltish (23) ogling (14) scrnlching (25) half a monlh (26) Ihe qualily of passion (27) slrong (28) pearl (29) Yajur Veda (30) Vaisya (31) beauty (32) buying and selling (33) love-making (34) watery resort (35)

67

elephant (36) horse (37) variegated colour (38) poetry (39) dancing (40) middle age (41) singing (42) enjoyment (43) happiness from the wife (44) gems (45) fond of humour (46) swimmer (47) servant (48) luck (49) variegated lustre (50) a handsome Youth (51) Kingdom (52) scents (53) garland (54) Vccna (55) flute (56) amusement (57) lovely gait (58) eight kinds of wealth (all sorts of pleasures) (59) well formed limbs (60) sparing in meals (61) spring season (62) ornaments (63) inclined towards maintaining several women (64) eye (65) truth spea king (66) proficiency in art (67) semen (68) water sports (69) profundity of character (70) Pre-eminence (71) sha rp-~itted (72) musical instrument (73) decoration for the stage (74) fond of amorous sports (75) broken health (76) love, as chief busi­ness .(77) greatly respected and highly esteemed (78) fondness for while garments (79) Sharat Natya ma (SO) Government seal (81) a lord (82) worshipping Goddess Parvati and Lakshmi (83) sexual pleasures (84) gentleness (85) much emaciated (86) day silting mothers (87) literary composition, deft at writing poetry (88) black hair (89) auspicious (90) mysterious or genital organs (91) urine (92) moving in the region of good serpents (93) afternoon (94) knowledge of the generative organs and the secret connected with it.

,"I~'''R~fu~;>l''I~~a''lq I'lQlll'lllf.l Ii

ihii ""~flIii'lP;Iq'1I1"","te~"'l~Ilfi~<I: II \/ ~ 11

"I"I~I fll'l5\llrW'" """Ill ;fhl<ea:liI"RI­ql'ia:I'l~G";F<'FiI~lI1~alr!lil;ler!f;'ll: I

O{I'II1:iHfuI;q~"q'l:'llql~,"~,,\f.\;ll 'l~I'i~;lI'<1'fl~~~H~<'l'<l""q!111" " \/15 11

~~;ii~a"""~"'.Rlll~;'m~ 'l~ "I.,q~i!",,'f.i"lI~_'l~'1I1qlqlf" "I I

'1M 1I1!1 " ;ft~""'lqfilI;;ii~~a:I~Ii~,ell: ~,~ f.ii:Jilil:"'I{",IS;'l:!i~fql"lill~1 q~!!,,1 II \I, 11

68

<ft~"' iIi<~('I~l;Iqr!l{q!Ji1I Ii<fl~;j\ql'l .. r S'~l{~'\ '!ifit<fl qilH!~'l~i(TTfu,jt: I1iI'lili': I

hrl;qfllq'lr'l('l1 .. q~lt 8!nqli"ll'tat

Wi" lfi\l'li~A'6qi!~''lit <fI~ti~sfit 't II ~Q, II

~t~"liI!lI[<lTq6 " Aq'l.ti"Hilirfoi"~ ;ftRl(Mf.tql~~'!i~~"~t: ij~{l.ti ll'll{. I

01'lI!l1 "jtql<::'Il {ft\{61 '1;I1J;:.'H'IR:ar

1i!i'{'llijili\lr,i\q~tll[l: ilitfo;"flt~ ~iI: II ". " SIoIw 4S 'h·SO The following are ascribed 10 Salum:

(1) laziness, clc. (2) obstruction (3) horse (4) elephant (5) skill (6) gain (7) proof or witness (8) distress (9) sickness (10) mis· understanding (ll) misery (12) death (13) happiness through a woman (14) maid servant (lS) asses and mules (16) outcaste (17) one with disfigured limbs (18) haunting woods (19) handsome look (20) gift (21) a lord (22) a portion of life (23) eunuch (24) ODe born of the lowest caste (2S) birds (26) the three sacred fires (27) a servile duty (28) unrighteous conduct (29) one without manliness (30) telling lies (31) long lasting (32) wind (33) old age (34) tendons and muscles (35) strong at the end of tbe day (36) Sisira Ritu or winter (37) great-anger (38) exer­lion (39) born of a very low mother (40) bastard (41) Golaka

' (42) dirty clothes and bouse (42) wicked mind (44) friendship with the wicked (45) black colour (46) evil (47) cruelty (48) ashe, (49) black grai .. (SO) go"" (51) iron (52) nobHily (53) a year (54) Sudra (55) Vaisya (56) one representing the father (57) learning the trade of anotber class (58) crippled (59) sharp (60) a blanket (61) facing West (62) life saving drugs (63) downward look (64) living by agriculture (65) arsenal (66) a student belonging to anotber caste (67) external position (68) fondness for tbe North-Eastern quarter (69) serpent world (70) downfall (71) lost battle (12) wandering (73) a spear (74) lead (75) misdirected strength (76) a Turk (77) worn out (78) oil (79) wood (80) Brahmin (81) the Tamas (82) travelling through forests and over mountains (83) hard-heartedness (84) fear (85)

69

long standing distress (86) hunter (87) ugly hair (88) entire sovereignty (89) 81ann (90) goats and the like (91) buffalos and the like (92) indulging in sex pleasure (93) dressing one­self for amorous appeals (94) worshipping God Yama (95) dog (96) theft and (97) cruel-bearted_

- -. ~ "rI!Hlt\l!l{f~~{;jWil""il:

qlmr"~\;MI~~T tall "'''II~ I ~ro~I!~I"l~i1l~r~jRrf""!l.ql'lbl

S'i\~PI"'II~1 1I1111~'Br~,,"'11111 \I ~ t II

~!lr.qq(~ Aq~9"'{l~11 ~:-.... I~ ~"'laRN~lI\f.I~4i'tM\Jlsftf.l"'t~: I

!ft~ (I-;iQ611Q' 1I~!IlII'I1: ~1I\"l~"l1 t~ ,"~~llra1;u~;ftalar 1I~1f"~: II ~'( II .-

1f.r~'l! i ""~r~~rq'l"·~lqr"1f.r ilial qll:~q q~f.1,~.qoqw,itie(o:.i( ip¥rqr ~!

Sioka 51-52 Ih (1) Umbrella (2) Chowrie (3) kingdom (4) gathering (5) fcl1acious argument (6) hUr1ing by speech (7) tlowncast (8) wicked woman (9) decorated vehicle (10) an irreligious man (11) gambling (12) strong at twilight (13) in­triguing with a wicked woman (14) going abroad (1 S) impurity (16) bone (17) enlargement of spleen (18) falsehood (19) downward look (20) perplexity (21) emerald (22) facing the Southern quarter (n) sheller of ouleasle or low people (24) painful swelling (25) a big foresl (26) wandering in rugged places (27) mountain (28) pain (29) staying outside (30) tend­ing towards Soulb-West (31) wind (32) phlegm (33) sonow (34) selj>Ont (35) n;ght bu ... (36) sharp (37) long (38) reptH. (39) reading of dreams (40) travel (41) a Muhurata (42) old age (43) a vehicle (44) world of serpents (45) mother (46) falher or maternal grand-father (47) air (48) an acute or sha rp pain (49) catarrh (SO) breathing (51) greal prowess (52) forest (53) wor.>hipper of Goddess Durga (54) wickedness (55) cohabita-

I

70

lion with quadrupeds (56) Urdu script (58) harsh words. These belong to Rahu.

",.i1~I"( ~ilqlfc;!!(,~'11{;.1' 'li1l'IU

~1I~: "i7.'l'!.~I"lti!l.~~~,ra"'(j: Ii ,,~ Ii

"*I6II~ II ;RI.nsf.r.lf.l'l1~~ ~ ffI!RJ: qlqluj\ lf1Il""~{I",q"''1''I!I~i!.''1~1 I

'J~-q~"lIlfiil/~'n·~.'l"llI1'II'" ,,1"lI<i 1t~RI)s~"li\""I",f{~~l,q'llillql'"lll'li II "" II

~~"" '" fq~I"~~!lil~'1I1 ~: >J.WI>lfWflI~~·\Ht.>iI1~ ~ ~lrg<'h,,~ I

Slob 53-54 Y.t From Ketu the following may be looked for: (1) Worship of God Chandeesa, GOO Ganesha and many other gods (2) doctor (3) dog (4) a cock (5) vulture (6) salva­lion (7) all kinds of weallh (8) consumptio n (9) pain (to) fever (1 1) bathing in the Holy Ganges (12) great penance (13) wind (14) a Hunler ( 15) friendship (16) conferring of prosperity (17) stone (18) wound (19) witchcraft (20) inconstancy (21) knowl­edge of Brahma (22) belly (23) eye-sore (24) stupidity (25) thorn (26) deer (27) knowledge (28) observing silence as a fast (29) philosophy (30) all sorts of luxuries (3 1) luck (32) trouble from enemies (33) loss of appetite (34) indifference to the world (35) paternal grandfather (36) hunger (37) severe stomach­ache (38) boils and the like skin troubles (39) revoking the orders of arrest and (42) the association of Sudra.

6. ~'jq:.eas",,:

~ f.flq'l(sN~lfil~ 11m lIit ~ftaft­~~ 'lIq~ ~I"q~l\ mS$'i;l; 'MHI. I

iflm !IT f!\lf~<Il a", '" 1l(a:<Il ~"al '" t\~, ~ii\ ~:I!II ~"ft~1 Ii!~ ~,!{fq 91 ~li1<11~~PI'1 II ~ Ii

SECTION 6-The Duas aDd their effoets-

71

Planets in a Rasi can be found in one of the following • mne

Avastthas or conditions:·

Sloka·1 (I) Deepta blazing • When the planet • •

is in his exaltation

(2) Stimita Peaceful • when be occupies • •

his own house

(3) Mudita happy • when he Is In a • •

dear friend's house

(4) Santa Calm · when he is in a •

friend's bouse .

(5) HeeDa deficient • when is in a neutral's • · house

(6) Dukhha dejected • when he is in an en· •

cmy's bouse

(7) Vikala failing • when he conjoins a •

malefic (8) Khala • base • when be is defeated •

in war (9) Kopa angry • when be is eclipsed •

by the rays of the Sun

~ !II"''' qm:'Il!fiI !II ~I!if;ffi l!T",i( d" .. ~1~ i! @"m f{ a:~lI~<~n~Rlijl"ij I

<fIIIl<@ea:~"fl(lIrl1 ~ "I~ lilli'"'''''' . ~ <m;~!mf.a~{lI(lr~ !J~ ~1'iJ'<'''' II, (I

Sloka.2 The fruits of the past Kannas of a native due to his virtuous or vicious actions are denoted by the Dasas and Bhuktis of planets (in his birth chart). Therefore, the Dasas of the planets should be sub-divided and the results taking place during their course should be known so that he may obtain the desired happiness by performing necessary Shantis to get over the evil if there be any.

72

~i~;g:I{a" :!;!h'l~ f.I~~i.ql!;! ~''1I: ~~ Ii{ q;::f.:<r,\J?q ~~2'lfa'!tfi '11<'leQ't11 ~l;ll: I

ilJiI~1 ,,~ ,,,HI: ~'l:{'1 a;;r-q';;il ,fi\ll-Q'1'il'l'l\f~~ql!R:(l15"'\~' ~ ~1~'Q~: II ~ II

Slob·) The Sun, the Moon, Mars, Rahu, Japiler, Sat­UnIt Mercury, Kelu and Venus arc ill their order the lonls of the Dasa-periods of years denoted by the numbers 6, 10, 7, 18, 16, 19, 17, 7 and 20 respectively in years. Tbe particular Oasa with which tbe native has to start at birth is obtained in the following manner: count from Krittika till the natal star (occupied by the Moon at the moment of birth) inclusive and divide the number by 9. The remainder will represent the lord of the nasa at birth counted from the Sun onwards.

<il'''l\Ii",,;n~'fi1 f'l"I!"'I"'il,~l(lT~al -'11~: q~rn !!Ol f.qR:'liH,r.OO!l~M<I. I

"iQ':af",a'll~ilil f''IR:'''lflI\l\~1 il'!to: ~ [l~~flI~~: '"~i!flIf1illfi! "rnt~ililJ, II II \I

Sloka·4 Note the number of Ghalikas, etc. still to pass of the astcnsm at birth; divide the same by the total Ghatikas laken by the Moon to pass througb that star. Multiply tbis portion by the relevant Dasa-period rererred to in the last sloka. The quotient will be the number o r years yet to pass in that Dasa . The remainder ir multiplied by 12 and 30 will give the Dasa­period in months and days required.

ail<ill.~~~jJI filf.\;al I!m!: !!il~\<Ia­~"'<'lI$;rIil!1"l' ~'!lf'! !t~<i f.t~ fu: '1F(l~~I: I

~r'ili~i! f~;ft~ '1>1\01 (l"'~lalf;l,al '1tetlQ'l f.\~~l fiI'Ii::ij~al 'IaJl R'IIQ'l 'It\. 1\" \I

~H!i~I!~~I~'1,srt '1~al~iIi' fiI~.j) sf", a<t !ml~l 'IR:'fiI~qfll~ '11~' S>iT "~f)a '!i""'- I

•

73

SIoka 5-5 Y.! Multiply the Dasa.years of a planet by the Dasa·years or tbe other planet whose Bhukti or sub-period is desired. The product will be in 2 or 3 digits. The number denoted by the first two digits, in the case under study, will be the number of months contained in the Bhukti. and the last digit multiplied by 3 will give the required days etc. The periods of all the Bhuktis in the seve"'8l Oasas should be prepared in this mannllr. Convert tbe Bhukti period into days and multiply the same by the number denoting the Dasa-years of a planet. Take a moiety of the product. This will indicate lhe Vidasa or Antara of tbe Planet in terms of Gbalikas etc. and when this is divided by 60 it will de note the period in days. The Sukshamadasa should also be similarly Clleutated, and the peculiarity is that the numbers each below the other in their order will signify the Sub-period in days, Ghatikas and Vighatikas.

Examplo : Jupiter's Bhukti period in tbe Dasa of Venus is ob­tained by multiplying ' 16 x 20 . The product is 320 and this means 32 months and nil days.

Similarly calculate ·the sub-period of the Moon in the above Jupiter's Bhukti in the following manner.

Convert the 32 months into days, thus: 32 x 30 or 960 days. Multiply it by 10. the Dasa period of the Moon, and take into ronsideration only a half of the product ie., 960 x 10 x 1/ 2 = 4800. This will denote the number of Ghatikas of the Moon's Antar. When this is converted into days, it will be; 4800 + 60 or. 80 days

« .. ,1,'ti!"'~1 'Rlf\\ ~~~'li1tl.'l.'I­~",qll'(l!'lftffiq~ij\.'l!l1!1l~I~{r-l:'

ln~l: "''''''~11f\\'Ii1!flI~i.'l1 1111111\(1"1111 '11-

nf\\1(111! I!tl~'Ii lq"~ililfl:~lf~ .1'11 ~ 'II ~ •

90ka SY.t-eh When the Sun is auspiciously posited in a na ­tivity, during his Dasa period, the man roncemed will have sons, intelligence, wisdom, status and powers, knowledge, wealth, fame, va lour, happiness and divine blessings. Should this Sun

74

be in an inauspicious position the native will pass through great hardships, making all his efforts useless, causing waste of money and loss of position. Both tbe disease and enemy will trouble him. be will incur royal displeasure, ill-health to Catber and many other similar misfortunes will take place during this period.

"'~''l.iI!1l;\I1 'Ii{IR1 "';J;ft";,j'l@GliliITa:'Ii'

~"mlq'l~f1!6rn:~~{"'\!i/!""I;~I~'liI~ II IS II

('<:!: ql~!i/ 1'i\~'l'J.iqtlfl'l'<:lol"IWq'l ~tl"'l!,!'6ql<r~{"''lillllfe:~a ... u~ I

Slob 6 1h-7 Ih Should the Moon be auspicious, the mother's prosperity and the building of tanks and the like may be ex­pected. The native will get lands, gardens, bouses, tbe bless­ings of good Brahmins. wealth. prosperity and joy-rides or palanquins. When this Moon is unfavorable, the man concerned will suffer [rom the want of food. will lead a miserable life, devoid of pleasure and wealth, suffer from diseases; will be lacking in wisdom and will be loathed; suffer tbe loss of his mother, will lose temper and develop fevers like typhoid.

111q!'ifil!:1l;~1 'Ii~Tfil ~!!'IT~1tl\2'W~11111-~"'l;I,,~q"I'RI'fiIlIl'lIIf<\~'1f"1m"'l~ II <: II

qf1!IWII1l;!i/liJanrn ~~t ~""rll~1Il1 "'" 1-

~~lITfRl{tlqr<f\\\"!l"'''lIil'1IR'l~lq'nll. I SIoka 7 'h-8 "h The Dasa of Mars, if auspicious, will give

,he native lands, wished for things, knowledge, a clear mind. prowess, wealth, destruction of enemies and advent of broth­ers. Should this Mars be unfavourable there will be distress to brothers, misunderstandings, quarrels, troubles through lands, danger from fire, wounds, weakening of eyesight and the like, trouble from Govenunent, misunderstandings with good people sword cuts and ailments.

\l~''11'l.I!:1l;!i/1 .. {Ita ~~"I""'I~"I;'i)<~­;.1'1: \l1<;q'l~l;IFi!f<r;\q~,a'\I!\'~I""I~ II ~ II

;ihlll 'I1q;::~1l f.I~~~II'I'liII!I;I~;ll!;)'1-

l&Im"~filt""llfo;r",,,~~ r""r~1 q;:: : I

75

SWm 8 Y.z..9 Y.t When in a nativity Mercury is auspicious, the native will get, during his Dasa, gannents, limitless wealth, corn, position. prosperity, bappiness, mansion relations, sue· cess and fulfilment of wished for things and objects. If he is malefIC, the man concerned will go to a foreign country, be short-tempered, suffer the loss of relatiom, intellectual dimi· _nution, get trouble from the trading class, have disputes, suffer tbe loss of land and money and many more calamities

aft~)it>l!;::~r liOfiI ~~(I[!II'Irf\1<mr<'1or­"'\\l1'11"'!J"If<liUfu<l'l"r'lll;<U~"'I'~~r'l: II ~ 0 II

tlOllr qr~r qtltl{'1'11M"'11M~q<'iijr IlPllOi >I'ItitllI fo>l'lit;f.l'll'lJ'I1 fa!;) 'II ~ I

Qoka 9 Y.J..10 'h When Jupiter is auspicious he makes the maD concerned the headman of the village, blesses him with children. wealth and prosperity. He will possess all the virtues on earth, wilt have many dependents, horses, joyrides and otber comforts. Should tbis Jupiter be inauspicious, he will get royal displeasure, mental agony, sickness, loss of courage, want of com and money; displeasure of Brahmins, that of his own fa­tber, trouble for want of proper meals and consumption.

'lJ1i1i1 "g~~T ",i\fij tlTiHiI '11"~ ' "*.'Il'il ~ it!-~"'Il'lO,~q~r~iIi""'ln'l1,.,"<i\;6'lF\ II n 11

'lJ1'1i\ qlq;::~l iIi<!~'1'1'!''lI'\''II>I~lf.lq~,-",,,,,ij'l~ ifl~~lq"'~i;\!,fWl ~1 ii I ~ijl 'l: ! -

SIoka 10 'h-U Ih A favourable Venus will usher in happi ­ness, prosperity, high status, joyrides or palanquins, the eight kinds of wealth, anxious to be virtuous in a very high degree, have gold, garden, horses, music and festivities. Should this Venus be malefic, it will cause trouble to the wife. The native

76

will be inclined to do all wicked deeds, suffer tbe loss of wealth and there will be a big theCt in his house. He will conunit blun­ders; remain sick from the incureable diseases for a long _time due 10 his intrigues with women folk.

~!~~I 'lii1~~'5JIf~"IR'Ii-~'Rr,,~{\f')"''l'li~~''lIql'~~'a'lil~ \I ~ I~ \I

'11;(1 q(q(q~~'l)II",;r~);(1~lIb~ , .

U"'liI\dl!~1('Ii('lf~'lii.'lI'\ ~1"lf1l;~I'I)~ 'IF!. r

SIoka 11 11.1-12 % Wben Saturn is posited in a nativity in a very auspicious position his Dasa will prove prosperous, will grant him intelligence; he will make many sacrifices (yagyas). He will possess lands and become the headman of the village or a small town. He will rise to be a big merchant or clever in multifarious activities and will be very enthusiastic. If this Saturn is malefic there will be poisoning. loss of wealth. trouble in body, etc. and state displeasure. He will indulge in forbidden acts, cripple himself and suffer from diseases etc. causing great hindrances.

{lrf.~~1 'linRl ~q;i.'lIl"I'I~~"% o 0

1("i'li~"~''l<il>f''li.'l'll!l;rll'lR~'lR. \I ~ ~ \I

{Itl: qlq~lsftlftfafl,,": Il"ili'{rlflm>­;;\H"r'''l;?!flI~l~t~"q;rmfaqoft~I~'II'!, I

SIoka 12 1h-13 Ih When, in any nativity, Rahu's Dasa proves auspicious he will bestow on the mall concenlcd all round prosperity, a high position of authority, all sorts of vir­tues and wealth. The native will visit the holy shrines, will acquire sacred knowledge and power. Should this Rahu be untoward, the native will have to face danger from reptiles, poison, d'isease and ailments all over tbe lxxIy, danger from missiles and fire, opposition from the mean, a rau from the tree and suffering at the hands of the enemies.

~~IJI ",fifo M;(q,{{f!!i>n>ltllll'

~~"IJlqfili1li'l11l"lili'A ~RlTIJ~"I'l. ~l: 'Ilq;::~ iSfiI'l>l! ~'f,i1ll'l>tflr.-i\.:j·"I{­

'~i1llf~{""""~SlSI;i[qlfil'l:&f;rnl I

•

\I ~ ,\I \I

77

~ 13 ~14 1h During the Dasa of Ketu, when he is aus­picious. success will be assured in all directions; there will be acquisition of wealth through bloody acts, favourable fortune through a foreign king. efforts for poetical compositions and the destruction of the enemy. When Ketu is adverse he will bring in miseries in the life of the native, he will make fruitless efforts; will do unprofitable things; suffer loss of position; rheumatism or sharp pain in the heart, tuberculosis, trembling ,iii over the body, misunderstanding with the Brahmin folk and will commit worst of the follies .

<!lll<<i\Q(liill!;( ~'III;::'1l!11'l'Jnl"i .q:

i1I<1 ij~.'fiR\.\ f.\SI~~Iif.l~ It 'l,~q~' II t ~ \I

~1,I;r'l'la' fo",)Q(Qfil!!,;:e1 \l'lI!t,~a1 .~I~J{!!mQlq",'lfl 'l'~ ~,~ "[11(11{ I

SWrn 14 'h-15 'h Note the following :(1) Should Rabu or Ketu be in a Trikona -Sth or 9th rrom the Lagna- and be asso­dated with or aspectcd by the lord or the 2nd or the 7th, they cause death during their Dasa; (2) when they occupy the 7th or the 200 house in association with or aspected by the lord or the 5th or the 9th, they bless the native with wealth and longevity. Again, when Rahu or Ketu arc in the 2nd or the 7th (3) any malefic planet be associating with the planet owning the 2n.d or the 7th house, his Dasa will cause death to the native.

"'liji it;i!~"Fi!~1 fi~i!lt ~;~i.('litm'ill-~m1 ~l ;v.Qi'J{1 qf?: ijt(t: ql~SqUi,,~~1 II t ~ II - . .

al~~ ''l'l\J~''"a"",Qi~'l !!itiR\.1 OQ(lq;;Q'f,;li~' 'l Ol'l;fi "..tij~I('li1 I ,

78

Slob 15 ~16 !oi; (1) When Rahu and Ketu are posited in dual Rasis and the lords of tbose Rasis or Rahu and Ketu are associated with the lords of Kendras or Konas, the man COD­

cerned during the Dasa period of Rahu and Keto will get wealth. power, etc.(2) and if tbey be associated with or aSpeded by the lord o f the 6th, 81h or the 12th there will nol be much gain to (be native, besides this nasa will become instrumental for the demise of the native's mother or tbat of any other near dear relation on the mother's s ide.

~~ f~("I~l'I~ijfta1 iI;;ll:f~;jilI1fINq­~if;1'I"3l!>i\," 'l: 'llll 'l~ ij ~I;"~I"I'''II:I Ii ~ \911

qlq~\'IiI ,,)u~1 r.'!il'l~r i!;R1i!'i : ij11;11~1 -il1 .1 qlq'l~~il1 'lll!'lA en~i G~I"I(;jii I

Sluku 16 1h·17 Ih (I) The same two planets (Rahu ami Ketu) whe n occupying a fixed p r a movable Rasi and associated with pla nets owning a Kendra: or a Trikona Bhava will endow with good foJ1une during the Dasa of one of the two occupying a benefic place (2) s hould they be posited in an inauspicious house, they will no t bring about any good result; some Astrolo­gers opine that they will bring happiness. When they happen to be in inauspicious houses. associating with ben~fics, they beoome responsible for the de mise of the nalive.

f1::q;I~lft'l~f;>1~~ ~II:NQ;ii!;ftJa1 f'tijif.f ~1i1i ~1{;jiligil1 a~Nq"'l1(q 'l:,gq~1 II t ~ II

ij~I~~ "I %'i:;ilil"1qlllfllgif;"t ~e1",,~'t "'i'l1N·O(l:ISISWij~l'Il;iI~"~F'l:,g~' ,

S10ka 17 Y.t-18 \oi: Whe n Rahu o r Ketu occupy the 6th, SIb or the 12th house and are associated with o r aspecled by any of the lords o f these houses, they start hanning the native during

. their Dasas, Whe n they associate with Marakas or with tbe lords of the Dusslbanas, they cause the demise of the nalive. Should they conjoi n the lords of Kendras and Konas and oc-

79

cupy the Dusslhanas, they cause some happiness and then bring on death through diseases, wounds, misery, sword-cuts, drown­ing or suicide.

'!I~qTfR"i!I!~!! i~ftq1qll~d,'l~'l I.iqm'l~tl~Toi{1;;q'li~ui\ .n;J1''liGIf.\"'3<11 1\ t Q, 1\

~I%<I "'H1~iR q~ 'IT fihll fi1iRTf"la'l ~I.qt ~.q",,'l ro 'l;J~i\ \!iret "~I"T{'Ii'l

SIoka 18 'h-19 lh (1) When the (afore) said two planets as­sociate with strong Yogakaraka planets and occupy the 1st, 3rd, 4th, 7th or the 10l:h house. they bless the native with pros­perity, happiness, children. wealth. power and superior vehicles. (2) The same, if associate with the lords of the 7th and the 2nd

• Bhavas or aspected by them, will bring about the entire loss of wealth to the native and be responsible for his death.

ilW a'l.~qll'" ~f>l~; ,iii \!iT"I3:~., ;lI~"~ ~.ih;!lff. ~t'lll\'~ f! ~qal '!" f5!'1:1 "I' fiT;; II ', 0 I!

ffI~: 'f.;!;'!(f.l ~ql f:~'If'l a1;!l 'I111 Ill,;' s;i)~~~q,!~ ,iTSfu;l,'" i\l\'lfufJi tit q~

S&oka 19 'l.z-20 lh Rahu and Ketu are exalted in Vrishabha and Vrischika Rasis respectively. Their Swakshetra Rasis are Kumbha and Vrischika. Their Mooltrikona Rasis are Mithuna and Kanya, Simha and Kataka are their inimical Rasis. Tula and Makara are their friendly Rasis. Mesha and the two Rasis belonging to Jupiter are the neutral ones. These two planets are said to possess their highest power when they are in their exaltation houses. In other houses, their strength will correspond with the nalure of their relation with the houses they occupy.

'I'Q'~'!'1a1 qi(il.wftai ~n'!~ r.\t,;~.v ~~ P.:1.l<i1S51 ;ft~llftaJ iltI:l/l;{H~a{l~ II < Z II

aJ it ' 1!1l 'l~ iitl1!1l '!~a!jjil.l,l hTil" , 'Ti'~I,qfu;i; ~1l1~'T'f.'" 'l1"I;j;llmil.~a;

80

SIoka 20 Y.!-2Ph Wben these two planets in their full strength occupy any Bhava or have anyone of the 3 kinds of Sambandha with the lord of any bouse they bring about during their Dasa­period good or bad effects. overlooking the effects, if any, that may arise due to the other planets. They possess the strength of the lord of the house they occupy and the benefic or malefic ef­fects which may be due to the Bhava they occupy should be declared according to the strength of the lord of that Bhava.

... . . ~1~"~1'l ~ : 1ji;;<l/ " (f:! "1J11'<1 liili ''i/,:-

"ll'llil ~ful:'~<i .;l~.fi~IM' .. q "'<Illl.n: I' " II

"1;'1';~ '1Rqg~"'1'l~f~~IR'r. ~'l{~ ",3) "" f~"~'1I~~fu~ <Ilqj;j"I{I~~i!, I . ""

SIoka 21 Y.!-22 Ih Note the Dasa of the planet who is rul- ­ing at the moment, reckon the house occupied by that planet as the lagna, and find out the bouse counted from this Lagna that , the Bhuktinath is occupying. Also assess the strength of these two planets obtained through their association with or aspect by other planets. If these · two planets do not mutually be in quincunx aspect, the resulting effect be happy. Otherwise evil effect will emanate according to the strength of the planet.

't.'ii:l qj'i/{'f.IUi;j1 q 'liG:'il1 ':;'0 ~~t: ~I ~'11l OI~Fq" "''If;r;;;l>1ll'l;jI\ft~~&IUit ~~1I: Ii , ~ II

qglq.qq'l1'l'll'li!iG:~ti 'lil!1 l{~g: "G:!

lIi!~~~<f1~q "'l " 'l~""''illl);f'if.~ I

SIoka 22 1f.t.23 Ih The Dasa-periods and the sub-periods of the planets owning Kendras and konas will prove auspi­cious, while those of the planets owning the 2nd, 3rd and the 11th houses will be of a medium character. The Dasas, etc., of planets owning the 6th. the 8th and the 12th Bhavas will always prove adverse to the native. These results should be declared in tbe respective Dasas and Bhuktis of planets after an examina­tion of the lord of the Dasa and the Bbava occupied by him.

ql~~( gfqal'<'!~~f..~~ (il1'tt filql%.',H:

a"il~~ffi; <'-]ll'1'1i! al"mq~ q;~i! 11, ~ 11

~l'~ ~I ,,~q aqf"1allll1!<1<'0P1'1I11QI 'Im~ a'~fI!1f;-<aiiI'l{>l 'l!,1~: 'Il*~~i!ilsfq '1 I

81

SIoka 23 J,>24 iii Should tbe Bhuktinath occupy the 12th, 6th or the &h place from that of the lord of the Dasa. he then becomes hostile to the Oasa-Iord. The planet in the 11th, the 2nd, Jrd, 4th, Sih. 9tb or the 10th bouse from the Dasa-nalh is said to be greatly beneficial to the native. 1be planet occupy­ing the 7th place from the Dasanatb and the one associating with him are also found to be favourable.

ql~~'ll 13i'l15ga: ~~~I1: q(<i !l": lijl\1;i\ flI;~ 'l1!lo Ql11f;f,~fu "' 'l(qlfi;oi; ~'1ala: 11 , .... 11

QII1 ~N 'lfa 'I~( 3I1q~~ if.'il <uii ",1(-

«l~ll{( l!lfit'llif. V:~ tlq;<iiit RiI'.i;,,~, I

S10ka 24 ~25 Y.t Wben the Dasanatb is inauspicious and the Bhuktinath is auspicious and is not associated witb tbe saJrlC, the result will be adverse. When the Bhuktinath is a benefic and is associated with the Dasanath, the result will be mixed. The Bhuktinath. even if he be a Yogakaraka planet will be­come more hostile and distressing, should be not be associating with the Dasanath. When the Dasanath is powerful enougb 10

cause both Yoga and death, be will give the effects of the Yoga first in his own Bbukti.

• ijl{~~<I(;(~ll( l!'t"il;T ~'l.iIl 1iI~( 1'1:'1-

«ll:<,i) q'la:I«l<fl~IHoi ~I~ 'l11!l<1la" Ii ~ ~ II

ol''I'f q'l{: n~(n'~ ~"Ifil 'II 'I"0fu

I!IIQ"~~ \1~<i'lsfq It: ;:;~( \1( f.\'if.i!;,'{R~ I

SIoku 2SJh.26Ih When the entire period over which the aforesa id Yogakaraka rules be completely auspicious and the Bhuklis of the various malefic planets be accordingly favour-

82

able, the Yoga karaka planet. pUiS off the caus ing of death 10 the man concerned. Such a Dasanath will never give mixed resul ts; when he does so, the Dasa will only prove entirely frui tless. This is what the wise say.

~~:;li' 'l:'!~ 'l:'!: ll''!'''! <11 i\fo~'11 ql",~:-~,ql,q lJlllll'~) ~<il9.al {Hi'3< 9.'<i\f~ij' Ii ~'" II

n~r !!l1,6R~s>m ~!<~;ft 'iI')$~~'1i1l1f;,<i1 1I~1 f~;r.i!'I)'~a1"qf.\';~I!l'6'1'If;~ 1!: , ~ 26 'h-Z7 Ih Jupiter and Venus in their mulual Dasa

and Bhuktis bestow upon the native kingship or the position of a minister, much wealth and happiness through wife and chi!· dren. The man concemed will devote his energies in the per· fonnance of sacrifices. birth of children, marriage celebrations and olher similar auspicious functions provided these two planets are strong and occupy good houses and are also associated with and aspected by auspicious planets.

aWql,qft~"'1I1 2ql1a1 a~~;:~1 9.a1 a~\l"!l:a1111~1I(!l:<i1 ""1;nr~<ftql!Mt II .. ~ II

~Hl~"f.iri111.1 '" ~<'l'1ftlt'~f<iiq~1 'iI')6~~l('l1ffi.1 ;rql(ql'R'lHlTIfu~.~ I

SIoka r7 Y.t-28 Ih The same two planets when occupy 8havas which are quincunx to each otber or are mutually placed in the 2nd and the 12tb; or if tbey two be aspected by or asso­ciated with the lords of these houses; or if they themselves be the owners of these houses and be at the same lime aspected by or in association with malefics. and are weak in Bhava posi­lion, etc., tbey will, during their Dasa period cause separation (rom wife and sons, displeasure of a high Bl3hmin chief, trouble through intrigues with females, royal displeasure and fear of epileptic attacks.

~l"I':f '<~ ilWi't r;("~i\ ~1I1;r~T,1 r""a"t !!,,,;1l!11T'f.{1 ali, ~F.l,,1 <11 i;f;"'ll ql .. ~1 1';.011 , ,

'l.q(i) 'l~~q'l~sfi't miff f1I'ilI'il"t f.\l'f,;;!: ~*.'1i'i! ~~ qr~ ~~"[1,j.,"'>i\'1~:"

83

90ka 28 Y.t-Z9 ~ When Vmus .and Saturn occupy their exaltation, Swatshelra or VargoUamlmsa and .ire strong and equally powerful to cause Yoga, they wilL, in their mutual Dasas and Bhuklis make tbe maD wocerucd a beggar seeking alms and a powerless being. even t ..... gb be be born a king or a Kubera. If, however. ODe of the two be strong and the other weak, tbe stronger one will cause the Yoga.

at [f'l"l'li';" ""qfl!~!l' lIiJ<I'I' <lTsfq 01{

owit'il!f<!' a~( ll'l~' ~""' ,j\,,;i"t If ~ 0 If

~.: 8i:""f~q~'R it;;o\l!q(it'l(-

\ijf'l"l' at ~;qmil'IQ~ f

90ka 29 I,)...J) ~ Shollid both of tbcm be weak and be so mutually placed tbat one 0"*'''(:5 the 12lb, tbe &h or the 6th from the other or happens 10 owa. such places; or be associated with the lords of these bouscs. tbey Sead to be auspicious and grant wealth and happiness 10 tIE Dll.D concerned. When one of them is the lord of an auspicious Bhava and the other of an unfavourable one, eventbeD. both of them will produce good results. Should they I:w;)th be malefics they wiD prove extremely favourable to the native.

" ll"!;oT <IT

mm "'~"Ri!~qR""'lrn' ai>I~~I'I~fq If ~ t If

lm1 i! :.rq ~: ~ " <gqlfl:;iI;

~;q~1'f \'Ii)! >f.! 'l fi\.w a' ~'1it.l' ~ff.\~' I

9nka 30 ~JI \oS; Shoyid Salum and the Sun occupy their own or exalted Rasis or be ia the corresponding Navamsa or Kendn or Kona positiom 01" be OWDf;:1S of these houses, they will bestow upon tbe native royal favour, wealth and the like in the Suo's Bbukti of Saturn's D ' ;.nd happiness, wealth and vidory in Saturn's Bhukti of the San's Dasa. Should these two

84

planets be (both) malenc they become prodoclivc of distress for the nalive .

li'tq.qlq~ ffi~m ~!f<I' !I~T~'1' <ftf~"t g,.'t 'II 'l!~~{~ag~' u;;r.n'1~i('I II ~ '( II

3!1'!;~Ift.li'lli''li('l !I~~{' .t\'R!I!!"~~' ;m{I~n"~"'~i'R'll 'l"1<11Q ~1,ij;"I<t I

SIoka 31 Y.t-31 ~ Wilen Mars and Jupiter are, in tbe same manner, strong and occupy [ayourable Bbavas and po5SCSS the aspect or company of a strong benefic planet, tbey cause Ra­jayoga to the man concerned, tbey bcmme instrumental in bringing joy, all kinds of enjoyments and pleasure, sons living kmglife, marriage and other pleasant ceremonies. If otherwise.. l.bCy will exhibit contrary results.

~'t';!<ii a~'I .~, "'''>1~m'f<i 'Ilfiil.'uf~ f-;fq!f,tlQt d\~" .. 1«qlr"a'l. ('HII

ll'li,,,,rq ~~~fia'!' "''{IIi'"'' ,,'!-;jffi~1 f~"\\,e' If~'1' {,{,p.;oo:mnilf'l:<", (

. Slob 31 ~3J ~ Jupiter and Mercury, wben similarly sirong, will enable the native for good actions., grant gteat learning, be will be clever in trading .... possessed of wife, children and happiness. Venus and Mercury, Jupiter and tbe Moon. the Moon and Venus, Jupiler and the Sun, the Sun aDd Mars., the Sun and Mercury. each of these pairs will promote effects akin to those indicated for Jupiter and Merauy.

:;r.I(T~ RIO tr.::i tFf",o"lf<dll: 11l~1l' Ilm;;:: lfi:;f1~ ~~(\I\!IlI;l1~ 'II;r,q Ol, ';·fiE~ 1 ~ II 1

,,'II a;!lF.\.~d1R~ 6(111 ...... .mA-• •

O!'I(!li~~"~;~1!<;Ql>R ~ft;"'v' •

8S

9c", ~ JtU Note the epd position of the Sun in • birth chart, if there is any requim:l year after birth, compute tbe day, bour. etc, the Sun in his periodical course shall be in that exact position. That day is called the solar year day of the l\llive. Record the Lap [or tbat moment and also note down the positions of planets, aDd Ihe sevent Bhavas,. also arrive at lbe Saptavupja bala of the pbnc:ts. Tbne findings will reveal tbe nature of the effects for that year to the man COl.cemed. Find the number of the Nakshatra occupied by the Moon at tbe time when counted [rom the nala. star and divide it by 9. The remainder will indicate tbe order of the Olsa counted from the Sun.

11 ~ ... 11

6t.m: 1;IT'I('iIO~~ ,,~,!r: lit;qr'Q<i\SU"~: ~.I'lIf"M: !O{1~"'~I($aftill 'ffi: I

~. ~R:$~ atif illiIIl~~: 'RS1I'Iili 'I11iI ... ~ 1I~. ~ 11

~'IIlq;;;; ~"''IIlIW 'i.'f'I'illcA.;hilo;tll- . "I'uil fl.'lf.l~<i " OW ;n .... ~i1 iflS'l!"~ I

SIokl:wh- J6Ih Find out 100 end position of the Moon at the time, compute how many more Ghalikas the Moon has yet to traverse in the star oa:upied by ber. Multiply this by the Oasa days referred to below of the planet coocemed and divide it by tbe total Ghatibs taken by tbe Moon to travel through the complete asterism. It will reveal tbe number of days, Ghtikas, etc, of the (first) starting Dasa still remaining at the beginning of the new year. 110, 60, 32. 40, 48. 56, 4, 5 and 10 are the numbers in their order denoting the Dasa period in the day in a

86

year of 365 days for the Sun. the Moon. Mars. Mercury. Jupi­ter, Venus, Saturn. Rabu aDd die Lagna respectively_ 1be sec­ond and tbe succeeding Dans daring the year have to be counled in tbis order alone. 1be ji S".,. - auspicious or inauspicious _ for any of the Dasas should be pronouoced' after a careful ex­amination of the strength- positional etc.- o f the planet 000-

cemed, the Lagna at tbe eDlry of tbe year, the Bhav. oa:upied by the planet and tbe several ',oo::<b on tbe same planet. .. .. ' ;(;~m""ltf.r"'" "'f(ti'<61F.!4R>('~-

~'"i\~a~dl~, a,,,,.)q).nolli .. liW 1I~lSn

1!;'Ii~~ ft ~<\1('1f " im <,iN(!II'~6 ~~~SO{;a@."q;j -Sa( ~ <u6 ;::,~ ,

S10ka J6 Y.t-J'7Ih In this CODA"dion, POL' ssary considera­tion should also be given So the effects wbich may arise due to the transit o f the plaPds cturmg their course through tbe sev· e ral houses m unted (lObI the J .. ma Rasi- Radix Moon- and tbe combined effects alODe ahouJd be ptooounced. Now, I am going to describe in a clear and easy mauer the exact effects of the several Dasas during a year.

;ft>iiQ., ~.uq.' """,. " .... t tm <ftqlil "'F.!~atr",A afliiqq 1ft~~

<Ml~ ~(Mli\\"qq~ A1i,Ii\"'~ <ftql" ~~r"O'I,*,I6''''; AimI\:, "

•

\I~<=n

SkJka J7Ih..J8 Ih When ia a nativity the Sun is strong, Ihere will be accumulation o f wealth. acquisition of ornaments and wearing of new ganne""~ Should this Sun be weak. the nalive w ill become more sinful and have many more enemies, ~sides the loss of wealth and DIlDy DeW troubles. Strong Moon will bestow upon the native loyal &'vour, non-stop Dow in of the money and a resp:ct.t»le position. Should this Moon be weak, more enemies will tum up. Tbe nalive will suffer from sickness, have change of plyr. misery and misunderstanding wilh one's own people.

'l:~"lIIf'l\i~ '!'Iifollftfah': 11I1'1I~ ;f\ql~ ~'Ililf<I~."",,~'\h~"!j'm

ffi"l ~~ !RIlq~lRIR"'Il~""al ~1l1~ ;f\ql~ Q{SIIft:~{tq1l1!1/ ~14I'lilu;", I

87

SIokn 38 1fl.JI) Y.t Mars in power in a birth chart will endow the native with royal favour. success in life and dorm:stic happiness. Should this Mars be weak, displeasure of lhe sover­eign, dispute with one's own sons, erumly with one's own wife and loss of weal1b will be in store.

Powerful Mercury will make the native very energetic. There will be more of happiness and more of gain. A weak Mercury will cause misunderstandings with one's brothers, elc. He will take to the evil path and will do mischief to the Brah-min folk. .

Iift~ ~~{111'1!'I~1 ""1'!.~ fbf4:'i~ iftqli1 "'~~ 'I'Il!jqqfil """<'I1'1f-qijI I1V o l\

• . ~ ~~ 'I'11Il'''!~: 'J,;n~{~,\ij~

~illlIr~'1'1r~~ m:,q d\{lIl{.!;lTq~: I

S10ka 39 Y.t 40 Yo! When Jupiter possesses full strength the native will have good vehicles and houses. He will be gener­ous, wise and very wealthy. Should this Jupiter be ·weak. there will be change of place and also loss of wealth. He will fall into bad ways and evil company. Venus, possessed of great strenglh will bestow upon the mall concerned wealth, name and fame. He will have good while robes 10 wear and females around him for Sukha (pleasure). if this Venus is weak, loss of wealth, danger from enemies, diseases from female contact and bad name will be lhe miseries of life.

".~ 't"i~~ 'l:,r~5'i1'1if~~wi ~~- . .. '{~ ~H: ~~{fj~ i"n~ffi>l~ \l1/! II

88

m1 i"I«'IiIi.srllU qtl".u'I'l~1Il . "'~ ~ "Ir~ ~'lf«';hrf\1ilfil~~e: I

S10kp 40 Ih4US When Saturn is posseSsed of full strength tbe native will acquire a mansion. be happy and will lead some tribe. A weak Saturn 'will cause destruction of wealth. emada· tion of the body. sickness and bad name. A strong Rahu in a birth cbart will make tbe native virtuous and good. bring him good income and a rise in his official status. When be is ad­verse, (he effects accordingly will be bad; may be the demise of his father ocrur, moreover the native will develop intimacy with the low-caste and associate himself with his enemies.

;pil ~Ulil~ WI"'" 11"<1 "I " 1I~ ~ifllirQI&!it !!i1!I\l~Rlqi<;!(;'Iitt'IT~

II;~ d'4iji ~m'ii<'l1!fq 1iI~ <'l~<t f~ lI'!tiR:(<'lI.<'lr~'g~ ~{<!1It I

S10ka 41 ',4 42 II.! During tbe Lagna Dasa. the effect will be good, medium or bad depending upon the nature of the Drekkana occupied and tbe Sambandba, Yogas, elc, fonned by that lord . Thus have been detailed in an elegant and precise manner the effects of the several Dasas in a year. The wise should predict tbe nature of tbe effects with special reference to the strength or otherwise of the planets concerned denoted by their associa­tion with henetics, etc.

7. 51~\iOC:

~ "'"Wl~: ~<t \l~ ~iji\; .~ ~I:;" at"iq~1!fq ~ i\<Q"'''Qt&:<<t. I

!!"IT aira.i!E'f ~ ;(Q1);(rs'R( ~ . ;( ~a 'Ift~R:" 'l(~41~'lti NIGAe: "t"

Section 7· On Querie.: . Sioka-l. In the -case of a nativity all the predictions should

thus be made through the positions of the several plantLS and

89

too Lagna at the moment of birth. If the birth chart is not avail­able, the results should be divined through the lagna Rising at the lime of query. 1be effects arrived at will be similar whether they are obtained through the boroscope at birth or through the time of query. Should the day be clouded at the time ~f query and the exact Gbatikas that have passed sioce Sunrise can oot be easily known the several Rasis and Navamsas should be delennined by further queries as explained in tbe sua:ecding 3 Siokas.

lI~nlll 'li~""lfiiRlI'IT ~miir"''''I1"r",<i; 1I!111<'! "'1i1"I~",{fil<ll<li"IIII11fh!f ~~ I

<IIi\;! ~f; II~ lim" ~r~ ~l!"~I(;r i! gtll 'IR !l(loq ,,~ II , "

Sloka·2. A quemt should approach tbe Astrologer with gifts of fruits and Daksbina and when asked should speak a number within lOS. This said number should be made tbe basis for prediction- good or bad- regarding the past. present and future, after salutations to the feet of hls Guru.

'I.~~'1"'I« ,",II': qfi",,~ ilMIQlail

CI;;01\<1I ;ffl1(""1~~ ~!i.a.t'lhJll 11>~ I . . . . '

a""I~!I{'I'JIi'lIiI~~51 ~'ll: WI 'IT ~ 1l1"'@"{>!I~ 1i1{~"u(1~'\tiif'\~"6~~ II ~ II

Sloka-3. The aforesaid basic number should be divided by 9; the quotient represents the Dumber of Rasis [rom Mesha (Aries) that have elapsed, and the remainder represents the number of Navamsas which have elapsed in tbe Lagna at tbe time of query. The planets and the Shavas at the moment of query should be anived at and their effects - good or bad - be predicted as beCore through the strongest of the roDowing: the Karakas, the Bhavas and the lords of the Bbavas at the time.

5'~~I(S.<'l'<I";t1 ij~"'1 ~"iI~(­\Iv;,.of'Qij1! r",fij: 1I'gt): I!I"O~"'.I('II" I

a.r~ ~'i!I(I">!il"l~ ijfl\"" ~ !'i-

90

W~""~f11!I" "rn",~;n~. "nll~'n II \I II Sloka-4. The number of flowers and money units that

were given to tbe Astrologer by the queml should be multi­plied by tbe basic number and the product be divided by 12 The remainder will denote the Rasi counted from Mesha which the Jupiter may be supposed to occupy in the querist's nativity. Through tbe position of Jupiter at the lime of query. the As­trologer can easily guess the age of the querist from his looks and the probable number of cycles made by Jupiter since his birth time (of tbe querisl). The months, days, etc. that have elapsed since the last birth-day. will be denoted by the portion of the Rasi traversed by Jupiter in the Rasi occupied by him at the time of query. The total period thus arrived at is to be taken away from the present position of the Sun to get the year, month, dC. of the birth in question.

1I1lI) "I(qt\at;r 1I<IfiI <1111"", ql(ll~ ,,~ iF'! " .... ~IIP.lr..~;i)Sfq ~{\Ia1 ;;r(6~ I

«if ")f~!;;r(<I",",'~ 1.'I<i<i {{~ '1it-~ OII~.~fli(~ imf\<lW !1~ II '\ II

II ~fiI 'I!;;r((A;Iitf\1: (llIl!I: II

Sioka-S. TIle month,the week day, the Ghalikas. elc. el:.psed on the day, will be solar. From this. tbe Moou's posi­tion, the lunar years, months, Tithi t etc., and hence the entire horoscope can be cast. Thus has been described brieny the secret of erecling a lost horoscope. 1be method to gcl at a horosoope has thus been detailed here for the pleasure of those interested in the science. This brings 10 the end of the method of casting lost- horoscope.

't.~l;i; !!~~ '(I'!l"I('~>!Iir ;;f\~-~ IUdfullc l{<'I!1f~ hf"'~ 1I~ I

~ qj~ail .~ d '!~ .. : @llr;lIf.Rt ~ ... ~ "'~\~Q .. (fdl @l1t::lilf.f<n ta II ~ II

• 91

Sloka-6. Multiply the basic number by 2 and divide tbe product by 3. When the remainder be 1, the query is about a living being; if it be 2, it relates to some mineral. If it be zero, it relates to a plant. When lhe Lagna at query is Mesba, tbe matter relates to bipeds; if it be Vrishabba, it relates to quadru.,. peds; when the Lagna be Mithuna, it is about pregnancy. When Karkataka is rising the subject relates to a legal dispute. When the lagna is Simha. tbe maHer relates to Government.

"""rqf l! 'HlW;n q~'lt "fUr.q~ ,r,,\ ~it Vi,,;, "1W'lfil '1< 'I1i'li~~it I

;fit 'IiIi!J ffi~ ",f.\~ I!II~~ f'l'at ~-~~ <fIq.g61~'lI"l~MI<ih!1I!1'1If\.I: 1\ 13 1\

Sloka-7. Should Kanya be the Lagna, the query will be about an intrigue with a woman other than one's wife. When Tula will be rising the querist would like to know about trad­ing. Should Vrishhlka be ris ing. there will be fear from the wicked. If the Dhanus Rasi is rising the query will relate to tbe wealtb lost. Some sinful deed will be the subject when the Rasi Makara be the Lagna. Should Kumbha be rising, the question will be about some religious rites. When Mcena is the Lagoa it will be in connection with position and residence. Thus advise the sages to declare through the stronger of Ute twO'~ Rasi aDd Navamsa rising at the time.

~sl 'l'Hl~r'l"'~".n 'l'?( ati'liI(>U 111l:t ~r~'I1thl\f.f~ ~rllT~t'''\1~: I

oi\~ l1I~ql;::>U 'l'1\\ij ~Ni "'~ . \f~ 'n~qf'l"'~ r"H>li! ~~;!iitS~l(rq II ~ II

Slob-S. Should tbe Sun, at the hme of query, be posited in his own Rasi or Namavsa , whichever be stronger, tben the query will be about the Sovereign and Kingdom. Wben the Moon is similarly situated, it will relate 10 tanks and the like. If it be Mars, the question is about fire and danger from the king or enemies. When Mercury is in a similar situation it will

92

relate to trade and agriculture. Jupiter will refer to friendS, kings and the like. Venus will indicate to more happiness; whereas, Saturn in a like position will denote to a human being or immovable property .

~ ~i)<l'1a IlII fu:~<i ;fi<t i! ~;<i '!i<ii f",,~s~1lni ~ ~'I'lfu l1l~ ail {\;!,,: I

IT'fCI~a''t ,,>II ""Wt~ ,,~ii>1'li~ \iilll'lit{'li'lt'l,"ITot'l!Jtmi{ 'I~~,f~'Ir-I: II... II

Sloka-9. Also, when a planet is in his exaltation the result will be doubled ; should it be in its debililalion, the erred will be nil. 1£ the planet is in a fricnd 's house, the effect will be half; in that o f a neutral's house, it will be very low. When, two planets are in their exaltation, or be in their Swakshelra Rasis, the query should be answered by a wise man after laking into account the stronger of Ihe two and the corresponding Karaka and tbe Bhava occupied by each o f them.

,,~ ~ ~i!l\'''''itO'llI~'lilfll~~~ 'lil~ ~~IT~ ~'Hfit ~~ 'ItQ<il;~ls;q>ll I

'lil~ ~{ql ~i01ltga <I.it !J"~ iI"" ~~jjit ~i.'l,~i'I~"Ig<it i.'l'it!J'lilq'il~

Sioka-IO. When a planet is exalted at the time, the busi­ness will be accomplished in a very short time (almost imme­diately); should it be in his own house, the business will be finished in a few days; if housed in a friendly BhaV3, it will be done in a few months. If in any other position, it will lake some years. When in association with or aspccted by a malefic, fail­ure of the desired end is certain. Shou ld Saturn be exalted in the Lagna, or when the lords of the ugna and the Bhava con­cerning the query be associated with or aspected by strong bencfics, the qucrisl may be informed that the business will be accomplished immediately.

1Stl\'1'~I"i.'l4t<qoi; !!4i.'lq ~ ~mt ~

a~ ~roqf~~ ~!!:f.I~~1 fum i...rt I

iIf~ fiai! f.lf~~ " 1(~~\$q; iMa:

93

lIl'"Q(: ;fqall!l,"~ qfilla"'l~mll;t1'{ «~~lInli Sioka-ll. The horizon is a circle comprised of 360 de­

grees consisting of 12 spokes each o f which is at an interval of 30 degrees. The 108 Navamsas are perpetually situated within tbis circle. The four pairs of movable and immovable Rasis starting with Mesha denote the East and the other chief points of the compass in order (South, West and North). The four dual Rasis. vi z., Milhuna, Kanya, Dhanus and Meena represent re­speclivcly the four inlennediate points viz., S.E., S.W., N.W. and N.E. The Astrologer should place in the relevant Rasis and Navamsas all the planets according to their longitudes at tbe moment of query.

ill ~ ~<A><IT~qlf"';!Rtiii q~sfq qf'1l~ 'l~ fillR 'l"0fi1 <I'{'l{ ml1fti iii)!! f~ql~~ I

o'1lI~,,(1l!~1I\~lIa: ~f.! ~ '115i'i ~~ •• cq~ ililiiQoi!\'lf.!'1wl1lf ~ II l ~ II

Sloks-12. When a person, carrying fruits and flowers in his hand, approaches tbe Astrologer and takes his position to

put a query, the Rasi denoted by tbat place with respect to the Astrologer as measure refened to in the previous Sloka is called tbe Arudba Lagna at query. 1be Astrologer should pronounce in all such queries the results· whether good or bad· through the planets owning the Arudba Lagna and the bouse signifying tbe nature of the query with special reference to the planets associating with them or viewing them.

.

3Itill ill!lonF.\all( qft~: !I.~<lIII\t~ . ~ "'lilw \~~I ~>;j\Q'"1jt ,,~ I

q"Ilf~f.\~~1( 'll(:ft ijffiij «,H<PII ~'li'5: ~q ~<ilfull 8~llq\Jfi~ .mm~~ IInll

94

Sioka-D. Find out the Ghalikas that have elapsed from SUIl rise till the time of query. Multiply il by 9 and divide the product by 20. The quotient in Ghatikas, elc., will signify the exact position of the Moon at the time, which will be useful for purposes of query. The position of the Moon at the time as identified by the Ephcmeries and the Moon above alluded to are respectively known as SlIhuJa and Sukshma. Their respec­tive Navamsas should also be detennined.

~~;~i t-~q';\{li;~~t! :;fl'lR'<I( 1I~­

~~~I1r.«i{~,,{~~~ m<ll'i~a I l1rit i1~mal!!~\'~11 ~iI't lllr"it'''' i\;!l­

'Ii"'lll,q;j~t~lt\m~p; 'liiii1rel/l'lili1~ II t \I II

",qf~ "I ~hJt "I{Ult!;j1 irlfflUlil%i ~",11!.!1~ "li!«: « ~~~ ... i~'lil<\ I

~""fiI.~ 'lil!l<llf6;rt 'n~ alii 'IR'II

W 'Ira ~f", 't.~a;jqI~I"q ~lntt. II ~" II Sloka-14-1S. If the Sttbula Moon is aspected by the Sukshma

Moon, Mercury and Jupiter, the query will be about an animal. Should it be aspected by Mars, Rabu and Saturn, it will be about some mineral; When by Venus and the Sun, it will relate to something of the vegetable kind. If the Stthula Moon is as­pected by Jupiter, Venus and Rahu, the query will relate to something of a mixed nature. Should the Stthula Moon occupy Tula, Kanya or Mithuna Navamsa, tbe query will concern a biped. If in a Navamsa, belonging to Karkataka, yrisbika or Meena, it will relate to some creature with many legs. If the Sttbula Moon is placed in a Navamsa belonging to Dbanus or Kumbha it will be about some creatures having no legs; wben in a Navamsa belonging to Mesha, Simba, Makara or Vrisb­abba, it will relate to quadruped . the ancient sages believe that the 3 Avastthas of a planet-Bala, YaUV8na or VridJba - should be arrived at from the planet's position in tbe lst, 2nd or 3rd Drekkana respectively of the Rasi in which it is at the time of query.

itm;!({lt mt r~:!it "'lli'll: ~g!({T: [1(1 ~!l: fI.'IH1!;l'i'l r~~"1 _ml: 'liql~.I'11'1:1

"tm{l"i'mr~"d, I!Il(~", "'''$ {~ "'« f.lf.If~'id'tfa I!Il.!lftft'<l1f.m II ~ ~ II

95

Sloka-1'. The Rasis from Mesha onwards are respec-tively movable, immovable and dual. The movable Rasis are also called Garbba; the immovable ones, Dwara and; the dual Rasis are called Babya. The Rasis denoted by the first ~o classes (Garbba and Dwara) will signify a thing or object kept in the right hand; whereas, a Rasi o f the Babya class will denote tbe same in the left hand. This is bow the things concealed in the hand may be distinguished.

I!;~ lIfe""1!I .~~~ ~( I!II~{\qlft:;i; .~.n;r.!!t11~q lI~'II~~~: I

nfu"'Q(6~~1""~\\1<\f~'!l'Ii~~ l{,"t'ifiT!t1~",r~ ~'H", a~~iIi,,,,ft:~l{ II~" II

Slokn-17. Thus it should be guessed all about the object kept in the baM. Whether it is short or long should be divined through the measure allotted to the Ras i under reference. The shape, colour, etc., are to be deduced from the Navamsas. The benefic or malefic nahlre of the object should be derived through the nature of the planet - benefic or malefic - occupying the JUsi; similarly, tbe place often visited by the object - whether on tbe land, sky, water or mountains, and also whether it is cruel, wild, tame or domestic etc.

'I.'ffir; ~.""«t~q~I",, .. q,,~1 "'''1-,"t\",\I{"Ii1"I\I!ij\~~!l~!Q'I1 I

rise' ~iIi: "dm!!all"Ii!i1J1'1r~"f.t­"'\\1IW''''''''''''''i1'''o;miro!liI <mI~'1 iIiIq..gq

Sloka-18. The basic number already referred to should be divided by 5. The remainder, if anyone of tbe 1,2,3,4 or 0

%

will resf'Cdive1y indicate whether the thing referred to by the querist will _ be accomplished within the Ghalikas. the Tithi t the wcek-day. the month or the year. Add the quotient already obtained to the basic number. Divide the sum so obtained by 60, 30, 7, 12 and 60 separately. The remainders will respec­tively indicate the number of Ghatikas, Tithis etc., in which the desired object will be completed. This is the method which should be followed in the case of all sorts of queries.

11l,~@gqlli,qQl ~'I!ltlll' ~,,"'1'1' ~f;l!'1')

tl!' til ;I if.'IT~~'f<i\ t~·"filif.""ll"l. I 1IR l(lqqfij =if iiHiiqt(j~tMl~ a'dl~~

'tiI1'diI~iilI,,: 'f.tis i'! 1l~ q'"1l~1;ro"l. II ~'" II Sloka-I'. Should tbe lords of the Lagna and that of the

Bhava representing the object of the query be benefic, posited - in good Bbavas and mutually aspect each other by any kind of

asped as mentioned in the Drishtiphalakhanda 11-17112-19112, ]be range of applying aspect being with in 12 degrees, the As­trologer may safely pronounce tbe successful fulfillment of the object in proportion CO the strength, auspiciousness, etc., of the two planets referred to above, recognising the nature of tbe aspect as best, medium or worst (IV-33 Supra). 1be strength of tbe Karab planet should also be simultaneously taken into ac­count and results conveyed. Further, should there be any planet occupying between the two lords alluded above, having an applying aspect with either of the two within the range of 12 deglCxs, prediction may also be made tbrough that planet regarding the nature, functions, etc., attributed to the planet (V-22lfl-54112 supra). The period of fulfillment may be divined as de- · fined in SL. 18 infra.

lI~;fq<ft~ ~~1I~ ,,$'~'l.4;tit ~ftlfill ~U~q~~"~"(I~""It~ I

•

"~I~'1'li i "i) li il;ft S," ~;t; 'i\ 'iJUi OJ I

t{"I1~''''I'I'.i>i': ;;~fo." ,"Il~~ <l:il a'll I; ~ II

Section S. Miscellaneous.

97

Sloka-1. TIle pleasure of impregnation is mosl auspi-ciously achieved when tbe Moon is in Rohini, Mrigasira, Pur­vaphalguni. Purvasbadha, Purvabhadra, Ardra, Punarvasu, Pushya. Hasta, Cbiltra, Swati, Visakha. Anuradha , Sravana, Dhanishta, Satabbisha, Uttarphalguni; Uttarashadha and VI­larabhadra, in Dwiteeya, Saptami, Owadasi, Panchami , Dasa mi. Triteeya, Trayodasi; and in the week-days of Jupiter, Mercury, Venus and the Moon and in an auspicious Lagna unoccupied by any planet. Tbe TIlbis 10 be avoided are: Ashtami, Pumima and Amavasya.

~,: lI'lII) ~q'li a~: ;j"''lanf!Ri~ ti"lr;a f.I,!~I"'''!1m "I~~ fu 1

(ij~ 1 <'I!!' Iq'l"<~I.u~ srl!~f<I'l -R ~ f.\i\'I> >!,'" ~fl! lIi',\<! 'lrof~<f,'I. Ii ~ II

Sloka-2. 1be first sexual union of a (married) man and a woman soon after a bath after the lst menses is called Nisbeka. A similar union after the ordinary monthly menses is known as Garbbadbana. The Nisheka is considered most auspicious when the Moon at the time is in Hasta, Swati, Anuradha, Moola, Satabhisha, Sravana, Robini, Uttarphalguni, Ullarashadha, Uttarabhadra and Revati. lbe ugna should be auspicious, etc. , and free from the occupation of any planet as mentioned ear­lier. This is also the view of the wise.

'II '111'\ {\~:!: i'''''''''3~1''l loil~r07.. {;j\ ~i 'II 'If I:; ~''' .. 'I f<.,ij <Ii rtf.\'r''I1~{I~ I

{,ij <!1t<1{Ut filar.U!lOi ~Rf.I-.jflai q.;ft{lf~i!<i'~i',,";i\r,..RIW'llal?'II'I. \I ~ \I .

S loka-3. When a girl is in her 16th summer, with well­developed breasts and body and has not yet found to have al -

98

tained ber maturity, she (with great affection) should be made to sit on a decent and beautiful seat on an auspicious day, clad in white robes and channingly decked with golden ornaments. Her Venus spot should be smeared with red saffron-powder mixed with rose water and other scents.

11 \I 11

Sloka-4. Considering her as one in her real menses for 3 days. she should be bathed on the 4th day. The husband should approach her in an auspicious Lagna, as referred to earlier, when tbe 5th house is not occupied by any planet That done, the girl will very soon attain her puberty and prove a happy C".ompanion to her husband for propagation. She will also be­come very suitable for sexual intercourse and will possess lhe right to partake with her husband in all the religious ceremo­nies of the family relating to the gods and Manes.

ijlq ij~i! ~fa: :of.i: dli\~lt ijff.~ llhli' "'1ru<:;U'~~'1'1ilf7~ a;::oiI ~lJl: I

~ """""I",;j; "I ~f.1~,~ Q""1~­~'Ii[fiI"Ii1"'~~ fq~i! ~\\! Q"~ ll~ 11 "I 11

Sloka-5. Should a birth take place w~cn the Moon is in Aslesha or Magha, the result will be as detailed here : When a child is born in the 1st, 2nd, 3rd or 4th Pada of Aslcsha, there will be (1) loss of wealth (2) loss of brother (3) demise of mother or (4) death of father respectively. When the birth is towards the very end of Aslesha, the child itself may meet his death. To ward off these hann the native's father should propi­tiate Gods Kala. Antaka, Mrityu according to the rules. When the birth takes place in the 1st, 2nd, 3rd or the 4th Pada of Magba, the result will be just the contrnry to what has been stated in the case of Aslesha above.

99

ij~'Ol:!'fil'iI ' 'r.;n'i~ 't.Qrf'1')'''I.n :l'~ r,,'i "I,iO<r"ift:~'iffi ""'r;(H~lflIll' 1

.... ....... "" . • if !!Im:g ";,!"'\'I~a:" " .. ~r .. ll'l: Il'~~

;it i'\'!!Ir~~'I"'l.,~'lfuf'l : ~'lq!\'I>.: 1\ 0, II

SIOka1. ~ results will be very much similar should the birth happens when tbe Moon js in Jyeslha and Moota or Revati and Aswini. In the afore said three pairs, the last de­grees of Aslesha, Jyestha and Revati and the 1st degrees of Magha, Moola and Aswini are called Gandantarala and are supposed to be most vulnerable points so that any birth occur­ring there in will soon cause the demise of tbe new born. If the child, some bow survives. he will be a king or ruler possessed of amazing valour.

'ro,,"3 "I ~"'lI;n qfl:: l1i1~0'1"l"')"'t !r1;q"'I>l!l.I;II •• 1~dt:.1 ill,": ~ail~ 1;1\'11 I

... il'rnl ""'ill!iiI"{"l;!I"-l{~~t.n*,,-~1f.5 q""R'I<!r"!<l1I"'i"'11!1"l~l!If;qar 1\ III II

Sioka-'. Should a girl altain maturity at such a juncture, she will soon become a widow, devoid of children, wealth, happiness and clothing. She will be a wicked woman and bring a bad name to ber father 's family . All lhis could be averted and soon she could be made 10 bring happiness and luck; and bear children 100. But this will be possible only through proper propitiation to Gods, Brahmins and tbe planets as initiated in the Vedic riles by bpa, Homa and Archana.

"'l;;Q)?'l"Im '1ije ... '" ij~~ f.u~,,,~)­!<llali ,",,;ft~t ~~~t w,,~ ... ...rnt I

~ "'1'<I"ijfllil(.lq~ ii 'l~ "I ij~, !l.~'l~ai'~it '1~ ilIi!"inf~~ "''11, 11': II

Sloka-8. When Ibe birth of a girl or her maturity takes place in a Tyajyakala comprising of 4 Ghatikas, the result will

100

be (1) deatb of the father (2) death of the mother (3) loss of wealth or (4) one's own destruction depending upon whether the birth or maturity has occurred in the 1st, 2nd 3rd or the 4th Ghatikas respectively of the Tyajyakala. To guard against the evils emanating from these, one should perfonn (1) Worship of God Rudra (2) Worship of God Yama (3) Worship of Fire or (4) Worship of God Mrilyu respectively. If the birth or maturity lakes place during a solari or lunar eclipse either the father or tbe mother will meet hisllkr end.

~ "Il'l6~1~ {f.Iij Ro~~ lITRr<i

6i~Sir .iHTIflt{{ o:1'1l1qt;i ~ I

"lli1,,!q~fqf;~q':!.G~ "'~:R~ i\q:\! ~; iF,.~!'U <!'1I~ li'1'!"I:I;'F.h"ITf'.'l<!: II", II

Slolw-9. A precious and divine medk ine if got prepared or COItsumcd when the Moon is in the Amritaghatika or a star, it will act like nectar and completely cure the disease the native will be suffering from. Ailments arising due 10 the disturbance of the three humours will also be completely cured. Prefect heallh will be restored, vital energy will be developed and longevity will be gnmtcd to the native. Bhagwan Dbanvantari, born of the ocean, has thus spelled many ways of the medical cures to remove the several diseases.

31"e""'~~"iIi) "f<: ~, ij;;l;I!'IlIIf~fil­il4;;ql~ftfu "1".ql;Rb.Ii~ ijr'~Ioa:~ I

3113' q;;I q,"~ ;6\faa~"~~Ip.:'liilf"lij

~wn s~f.I~: l!<i ~I!f<f.l ~Il;; " a~.ql"" I ! 0 II

Sloka~10. When a native is sonless till the age of 60 or his horoscope reveals that he will be short lived and that he has nol been blessed with a child; he should beller arrange 10 adopl a son i~ the year wished for by him. This child should be en* dowed wilh longevity, fame. issues, wisdom and prosperity . The adoption ceremony should be observed on an auspicious day when the Sun is Uttarayana and in a fore~ noon.

~ltl'li!11t;11~lllTr~\lfuli Ii l;/\~li;.1~." ~itli>ii~f.I(>.' ~ <f1 :;qf.1 N !iI;r, .. i ;<'ll\<'lTf~ il I

~lft.qlll'ln'l "l t;I'?;(>,l! ~" "fila

10]

ijl{i"l;~~i.'5,f;,,1t 'iJ~ .. itii;;~a "ll~ij i l ~ ~ II

Sioka-H. The several Kutas (20) Nadi, YORi, etc., between the native and the boy proposed to be adopted should agree and tbe boy should be one of his own Galra. The Moon al tbe lime should be in anyone of the following Nakshatras: Swati. Punarvasu, Pushya, Rohini, Anuradha, Hasta, Revati. Aswini. Sravana, Dhanistha, Satabhisba, Ultara-phalguni, Uttarasbadha and Ullarabhadra . The Lagna and the 51h house should be devoid of any malefic plane!. The star and the Moon's position on that day should be agreeable 10 the natal star, and the Lagna sbould be associated or aspected by benefies.

rort~li~r5li'l,'!fafuil fuat a>l, ~.I;lil i!~S$.q~t1I]~'!3a ~,qIW'l,fi'l{ij~, I

~~]i\~""I\I) ija~~"'l" "l 'l!~ ~ i.'511 i1I<ql;l(R~ "iii 'iI~'1i':Rt'liq,r~flI: 11 ~"' II

Sloka-12. The preliminary work leading to a wedding should be got initialed by Sumangalis (ladies) when the Moon is posited in Pul1:lrvasu, Pushya, Aswini, Anuradha, Hasta, Chillra, Swat i, Sravana, Dhanistba, Satabhisha; and on week days other than those of Venus and Mars. The 5th and the 9th Bhava should be devoid of planets and the Lagna at thc lime should be an auspicious onc. The various planets should also be propitiated and the whole ceremony should be pcrfonned with music and dancing and the like merriments.

'l.;iI{I;I~;~"1!I 'I !ii\: ;!ilil!l ~li ij'll lW'!.uire>li "q,~fu>ll~~ ~ ~qil I all ~rfl;w.fti'40'l:ij 'l!~ !;l~ a~­

~'",~l>iill': li'.!",Gfd ",~q;i ~~'!. II n II

102

Sioka-IJ. The auspicious invilalioliS should be got written in " son and appeali ng language 0 11 a day when the Moon is full ; 0 11 a day of Mercury, when he is free from any malefic asped or association; on the day of Jupiter or of Venus, in a Bhadra, Puma, o r Ja ya Tilhi and when the Moon occupies movable Naks hatra (Swa li, Punarvasu. Srava na. Dhanistha o r Satabhisha) and in the fast moving Nakshatras (Aswini, Hasta or Pushya), in a Lagna aspeeted o r occupied by Mercury, Jupiter and Venus; and the 51b 8hava is void of planets.

,j~lqil"'T fufit: ~H!]"" a"'Ii1;o;I~ !Iii <i\:;q ~m'll: ~iI~~ ~r! iI"'...rr~: 1

;t\;o;Ii?;sf{~hfr 11f" ijijlSr.~l<i;r: i'111i1-gr.n (If.\'lo1 !f;'n",.".r,,~ i!-q i! "I!r. ~~ ~ \I

5Ioka-14. Multiply the number of tbe Tilhi, when a slick or I post for the marriage pandal is erected , by 5. Add to Ihis product the number of tbe day's Nakshatra reckoned from Kriltika. Again, 12 ~ superadded to this sum and this to tal be divided by 9. When the remainder will be 7,4 o r I , the to rtoise King will be in water, it is a good omen and the resull will be gain. 1£ tbe said remainder be 8,2 or 5, the to rtoise will be o n land, and tbe result or the same is loss o r destruction. Should the remainder in question be 3,9 6, he would be in the sky and the result would be death.

f.\iIiQ ',"8"~: ~'fllci) ~fi",q ij~~ fi\q'fi"lI~"'~I~1iT anq "Iltr ",,,~f~iI:

3T1"{lc::filIl;IiT1I1~1I~ "Iln{ir ,,\\liT ~lilqf 1;I;o;11!-rl qf;; Il:fuiii!: ~i! ~'"i1'l'. I1l"U

Sluka-IS. When constructing a ncw building. make 3 ve rtica l blocks. In each or them dra w 4 horizont,,1 lines. Begin­ning rrom Ihe bonom on the lert side, write out Aswini and the other Naks ha lras as shown in the figure ( 1st rour ascending + Sth 0 11 top +ncxt 4 descending):

103

Mriga

Rohini AnI .. Hasta 1---- Swati

Krittika P. Vasu Ut1aral-__ Vishaka

Bhami Pushya Purva Anuradba

Aswini Ashlesha Magha __ _ lyeshta

Dhanbhta

Shravana Satatlarka

U. Ashadha P. Bhadra

P. Ashadha U. Bhadra

Mula Revati

1be ascending Nakshatras and the three on the lops will give good effects. But when a malefic planet is posited on lOY star on the ascending side, it will indicate death. Should the planet be good, the effect will be productive of good.

3tllT. '''~:tj,,' 'f.Mil'!'l;r.qf~f31i~lt. ~,,~s~-eo ...........

'l1";~~ filf(il~nq!!.q ; "'I!F.il'~m<il'~'I. 1

,,~'lil;r.fiI~ 'f.M '! ~M~ ~1.nn"llTlll1: .. ,. - . \I,~ ~~ ~\lR~ql'l ~(;j'.f.'P'! <'Ill II ~ ~ II

Sloka-16. At the time of making a new «(or the 1st time) entry to a house or town or iniliating any new enterprise count from the Nakshatra occupied by the Sun upto the Nakshalra occupied by the Moon - including Abhij it also. When Ihis

104

Nakshatra happens to be within the first 7 stars reckoned from the Sun, it signifies evil; in the next 3 the result will be again bad and in the next 14 it will be good. This is called. Vrishabha Chakra. Similarly, if the star falls within the first 5 reckoned from the one occupied by the SUD, it will be bad; if within tbe next S. it will be good. In the succeeding S. it will be again bad, but in the las. 6, it will be good again. This is known as Kalasa Chakra. Thp. good or bad effects of any new enterprise may thus be easily foreseen.

"Iii; "I;rI~q%; It: ft~RI ,,1"'1>1;roiT ~~ "'~dl~1 rtl'l'!l 'Wl.n I'l,~ ~ElI~ 1 ~. ." r, 'i< 'll! <Il"'~ "a' Wl'f.~ ~I ~~,

<ftcf;$.~"''Il,,;iT,g 'fi1:.n~~.'l~ ~ 'lfu, \I N \I

'i:"'!Ji~~""o~ lIijfu a"~lt;tI'Ii!i flq~ ;nm"l'O"f" o[fio;fu (l':i11 ,pi i!1~ 1

rr-ft~I/i!l ail! .lj ~li:'l:fu: ~'I\ ,q '" ~, 1(1<1

it''I'" ~ ~'1I"l ~1f.1ftfu 'l~'h1 t<l'~",'al Ii ~ ~ \I ~1fUl Oil'~'t ql~.n"l ,,~ffi l1I:tr'.lUJ 'Il>;it

•

<fi.~'IIIIf?~i?:fu f'!"'\~"'~ '11;;lj ~~I I

Sloka-17-IS Ih. The Dasa Chakra is of tbe fonn of a human being, a male. Reckone from the natal slar of the Dasa till that of the master. When the number is within (be .first 3, it is sup­posed to be on the bead, and the result be monetary gain; when it is within tbe next 3, it is on the face and denotes loss or destruction; the succeeding 5 to the latter denote the chest and promise much accumulation of wealth; should it be within the next 6, it is on the feet and effect is poverty or insufficiency; when any o f tbe next 2, it in on the back and predicts danger to li fe; the next 4 denote the abdomen (pelvis) and the result will be good. The next 2 are assigned to the anus and the result is fea r. 1be last 2 belong respectively to the right and left band and their respective effects will be wealth and death. The Dasee

105

Chakra is very much akin to the aforesaid one,but it belongs to the female sex. In this Chakra, the first 3 stars are on the bead and s ignify gain, the next 3 are on the face and signify loss; the next 2 are on the two shoulders and denote the death of the master. The next 5 are on the back and denote growth. The next 7 are on the cbest and signify loss. The next I is on the private parts and forebodes insult. The next 6 are on the two feet, 3 on each, and the result will be loss of wealth.

I;IT.m I!ft<ft~qf !lUl'!i{IV 'I1"R1~~1 ill"l {rf.\{>j\ l<!ilr"l!l1If.~I,,1 I!rtl/mf.<i. II ~ \11

~il1lf~ ~I<I~'! "{ ~it ~nt ~r~it 'li1tlT1iI "{iJ'q;::l,{ tq'!11lI'{Ii~ ,!Oilr~ I

Sluka .. 18Y.t-19Y&. When a cow o r a she buffalo is to be purchased or accepted as a gm, the result will be as follows:­Count Cro'm Unaraphalguni to the slar ruling 011 the day of buying or receiving, should this number be within the (jrst 3, it will promise gain; if within the next 2, it foretells loss, the next 8 indicate gain of money; lhe next 5, happiness; the next 8, again gain and the last I, great fear. 1be corresponding parts of the body denoted by tbe said six groups are: (1) head (2) face I (3) the two feet (4) chest (5) the breasts and (6) the private part. Bulls and other similar quadrupeds should be negotiated or accepted as gifts after dueiy consulting this Cham.

~Ar.I"RliI" 11G1~ 'iIi~ ~n: 'ml f~.i<~ m ~fq ~f~: ~{1\<l",1 11~·11

q~ iJ fa<iif !!il!T'!3qI1H~T'II1SJf;n~ln't IIi:\ ;n~l gom'll m. ""~: !!l!To(it I

SIok.19 ~20 ~ When going 10 ride a horse, count from the star occupied by the Sun till the natal star of the native (including Abhijil). Should tbe number be within the first 5, it is on the back; if within the next 10, it is on the hind portion, tbe next next 2. will be on tbe tail ; the next 4, on tbe legs; the neXt

106

5, on the belly; and the last Z. on the face . Their errects in their order arc (I) prosperity (2) gain (3) loss of wife (4) obstacles (5) destruction and (6) gain of money.

'l.ol!fifo!"JWo~ ~"moq~-qf~~fO'l'I' ~I"'l~ ili'liqa'li~~ ~~ ~~ 'l1!$

~H.t~ ii!ll1"lqijiq{I~!II W-I: '1,!'i! 6.q<Utt6qr~lIi~ ITOITO~ iI ijff.ijil<\. I

II ... II , .

9ob-~21~ When mounting an elephant count from the Nakshatra occupied by the Sun 10 the natal star of the na· live. Should the number be within the first 2; the nut 2; the next 2; the next 2; the next 2; the next 4; the next 4; the next 4; and the last 6, the limbs in their order with the corresponding effects will be as under: ears-gain, head- gaiD. tusk-great pain, tail-deslruction, trunk-prosperity, back-wealth, chest-disease. face-no change and feet-gain.

311{)t ~1Ii! ~~"("dl<l""I""I'<i iIi1l1<I. ilqj~IIR' q~ " ~~fUT \llI1~ II .. < II

ani\<if ~iIi!f<!f " 'Mia! '"!TN 'filiI; .• <>tli f~~ ,!If,lJf;f,; '!(,(!II :Ire ~ I

9o'm 21~22~ Before mounting a palanquin, rount from the Nakshatra occupied by tbe Sun to Ihe one occupied by lbe Moon al lbe moment. Assign in the regular order 5 Nakshatras for each of the four quarters of Ihe palanquin beginning from the East, the last 7 being reserved for the centre. The various effects will be (1) bealth (2) much difficulty (3) emaciation (4) disease (5) and prosperty. When a native mounts the palanquin in an auspicious moment, it promises long life, growth and happiness .

Wlrlll RCal f~"i);f{~~""t~>'I 'II iI'i ~q. '" ~ ~ ;i;'t ~"'l"."< ~ ii'll{, II < ~ II

107

ilI~ !Ill l! ~ ... ~ >lilrt 'fi1I~ 'lql~~ q"",,",,q<i\ "(l,!q~( "'!ISM>! lIl\ffi~~ I

~'I,".q ~lI'fi( ~q;( 'I'" l! ;ro'l;fa

ij~~",,>iT t;I"'ft-!q;{~l'<i "'''If~'1ij<l. " ~\1 "

SIoka-22Y.l-24. When bolding a royal umbrella the fol* lowin Nakshatras arc always auspicious: ( I) Ardra (2) Ullar­phalguni (3) Uuarashadha (4) Ullarbhadra (5) Rohini (6) Pushya (7) Sravana (8) OhaniSlha and (9) Satabhisha. Count from the natal Nakshalra to the Nakshalra occupied by the Sun. Reserve the first J Na kshatrns for the bottom or handle of the umbrella. and the next 7 for the slick or holder, the next 5 to the portion of the slick protuding above; the next 8 to tbe inside of the umbrella and the lasl 4 to its lOp. The several effects in their order will be (1 ) destruction (2) loss of wealth (3) royal favour (4) a great and noble king and (5) fame.

" .....

~,Qi\iltrl""'IirI ""'~;;J""ft 'Iffif1; a-"{~'''' ~ii1'1il,·lrl a", "I'r.! ~"'.~ I

"'it !Ill fiI~fi\~~~!il~ ~!! III?!,! ~ llIm "'!la",~ fillf~<i "~~'1~"~~ I"" I

Sloka·2S. Reckon from the Sun's Nakshatra to the one occupied by the Moon at tbe moment. 4 Nakshatras each for the four legs of the cot are to be reserved and a Nakshatra each for the four knobs of the fOUf legs; and 7 for the ccntre of the COl. The corresponding effects will be extreme happiness for the centre, fear for the four comers, good offspring and prosperity for the knobs. The Mancha Cbakra has been described in this manner .

• .. to .!I. "

'iI;"W",,""I"''''''Ha~. q,"" ill": ~U-,;t UJI1 1i{q1llf~~~'l3:Q""~!J: ~~ I ~ _f~aq i! ~i'ifltfu """"!I'll: q3i!;i;

&11": "IRfiI ",,,iIfoff ~!J( '1""I1~'I;f. ~~ ,,~

•

lOS

Sloka·26. Count from the Nakshatra occupied by tbe Sun till the natal Nakshatra of the native. Reserve 5 Nakshatras for the arrow-blade and 5 for the arrow shaft; 5 for the junction points of the arrow and the bend of the bow; 2 stars for the bow­cane and 5 for each of the two ends of the bow. The respective results will be: (1) gain (2) victory (3) becoming valourous (4) discomfiture and (5) destruction. The wise have advised so. This is known as Suam or Chapa Chakra .

~'t 'I'"'la 'I "l;r.fu'3nlil ~'~;n'il !Ii( ijiill~"lT'llrlll Rrf~tl5i 'Ita: I

..... Iui q'l"tlJllW!illl~ 'l~ {'l~ 1I~ ~~qlftq61l<1: til"'1'1~,ij !iiIfIR;qi\~; II '(IS n

Sloka-27. Reckon from the Sun's Nakshatra till the Natal Nakshatra of the native. Should the number fall within (1) tbe first 3 (2) the next 6 (3) the next 3 (4) the next 6 (5) the" next 3 (6) the next 3 and (7) the lasl 3, they are sup)X)SCd to have link with the following portions of the car and their re­spcctive effects will be as noted against each of them :

(1) Danda or the central pole Success. (2) The Wheels Fame. (3) The top Death . (4) The bottom Happiness. (5) The front portion of the car Gain of money. (6) Yoke --- Failure or ob­

stacle.

(7) All round Yielding happi­ness. . ,

. 'l'~1~1;a1il'l~i!r fu 'l"l~'ll;;:::lI"lf.l ,~ft-,~~ {If.I'I'I1 f.ll{ia'lli~ '11~ 'I'Ilq 6<1: 1

\I;it,,:::qfotiR,wfu~ "k0 ;oql'O""" '!.O{i'l~~ ta<!lf?;"'lil ~1'l!1ftif,"I~,! II ~ ~ II

Sloka-28. Reckon (rom the Sun's Nakshatra till the star ruling on the day, sbould tbe number chance to fall in anyone

109

of the following 9 groups of three each, the result will be : (1) destruction (2) prosperity (3) freedom from disease (4) de­struction (5) influx of wealtb (6) trouble from Government (7) poverty. insurficiency (8) causing death and (9) happiness respectively. This is the speciality of the Ghuma Chakra or oil mill that extracts oil from sesamum, comanul and the like.

II.q~f~IIl'<1~q ~·;(.mu: lfiQl<'ii<'5QQ) >il(1f.!<'51~)'al'l: I

~1~1 'l,~ '" ~OAldi fiI,"~;j; ",)..rn 't01i",iO~~ ~ 4~afti 'f~ It '1):;{~~ II ~., II

Sloka-29. Reckon from the Nakshatra ocupied by the Sun 10 the Nakshatra occupied by the MOOD_ When the number falls within (1) the first 4 (2) the next 2 (3) the next 2 (4) the next 1 (5) the next 5 (6) the next 5 (7) the next 2 and (8) tbe next 6, the results in their ordqJ will be (a) prosperity (b) destruction (e) lots of gain (d) destruction (e) death (1) good (g) emaciation of the body and (b) much wealth. This Gbuma Chakra will guide the man as to when he should begin to extract the sugar·

• • cane JUice.

!,l.qlNmaql!. !j1l''''''01:n'l. f""'fi1(,01'~oiT ('011"'1f'il111~"I""~"Q"'~lij ij' e~'I. I

'Ii<1qtU! ;jiQ<i) ~",~fQ~ ",;f.,~a l(I)"-~

;ft,mq~~ \!>IT ~",!,q, <r.~ ~lt <t~ II ~. II Sioka-JO. Reckon from tbe Naksbatra occupied by the

Sun till the star of the day ~n the question. Sbould the number be within the first 3, it will be bad; if between 4 and 6, it will be good; if between 7 and 9, it will be bad; if wit bin tbe next 5, ie, between 10 and 14, it will be auspicious; if within 15 and 17, it will be bad; if between 18 and 22. it will be good, in tbe next 3, i.e., between 23 and 25, it will be bad . In the last, it will be auspicious. These are the rules to be observed in Hala Cbakr.t wbile sowing tbe seeds or launching agricultural operations afresb .

ItO

31."," .. (ilI~qqrtf.re i<rit '" ~<;qf !{if 'lft$ <iI1I QI (Ilfil\i ~Q(\ !{q'l. I

rt IIf~ ~",""<lf~\"i f"'~tq;R ft<!"",I"~~~ IIHII

Slob-3l. Count from the Nakshalra occupied by the Sun (including Abhijil), place the first 6 abov:e the boat, 3 on the lOp of tbe prop or support, 3 on tbe bottom of the same, Olle on the back. 6 on both the sides at 3 each and 3 on Sukkanaka­helm of the ship-and 6 inside the boat. This is a Chakra 10 be applied when building a new boat or plying tbe same. The 6 stars over the boat and a like number inside are declared to be propitious. while tbe rest denote evil.

,Iii ~qrf!.:~"';a,f, rt lIU1i1 .1U11 aiil: 't."'m ~o?; ~!!~, i;llllc::t: ~1'l:al\<1I II'll ~4. I

.10" (lVIilin: 'if,ql«tii'lfll~ 11l1i.T~ilil'>'i ->Ri "I'" 'l""<{1,!q",,,~f.I~ <'I'IW ~ II ~ '( II

S loka-32. Reckon (rom Krittika till the star ruling all the day, reserve 5 fo r the face, 9 for the neck, 8 Cor tbe centre and 5 for the post. The respective effects of lhese 4 groups will be: (1) honour (2) gain (3) the death of the master and (4) kingship. This Oeepika Cham is to be applied when a lamp is to be newly used to gain prosperjty .

.. *i~Hfllli~ mli ~ ~~(;l"[1iI 'liIlfCG ~~ «lIfUTa sfa~jhl;(i'l~ <if",~oi l{<qq'l. I

;ftn'IFlili;llf~ 4>1'l<"'1!l1!,j l(l,,;fh 1 r;~d l{~ 11l1~ II4fa d"iiQ11l ""_1'4""111", IIHII

Sk)ka·33. Reserve 3 Nakshatras from Ro hini for the centre. The rest o f the 24 Nakshatras "in sets of 3 each should be assigned in their order to the 8 quarters or direction comme ncing from the East. When a well or a tank is dug while the M90n is in anyone of these groups, it will show the possibili ty of obtaining water or absence of it

111 ,

in tbat a~ in the following way: (l)walerwill be found very soon (2) there will be no water (3) medium (4) no water (5) plenty o(waler (6)

·very sweet water (7) saltish water (8) full of water and (9) medium supply.

,

$Iil1 n:,~ 'lffi '"" _llII "'~ q~: ~q>.: a~ ~ "'''1!!qlflfl_1!!lrn.'l)~~ I

'Iml!th",q~

\\i"""""",, Ifi\ffi!!T:Ik ~~Iflttij: ~ •

Sloka-J4. While constructing a bouse or digging a weU or reservoir or opening a pleasure garden. tbe erection of a pillar or column should be done at a time when tbe effect is declared as good or auspicious out of the following results: count from the Naksbatra occupied by the SUD till the one Moon is posited in. sbould the star at the time Calls within the first 6-it signifies death; if within tbe next 20, the result will be fame and prosperity; if it falls in the last 2. loss of wealth. Then only the work will briog fame, happLness and pros~rity to ahe fam­ily

Il{)~ "'I~ R~fa a~~q K~q {f .. j iIi)Df"li!1!iI q!;!flta '<iI~RI;j; ,

31['~~~41 ""'1.n 'F§ ~il 'IiIi<iT rFI~~ {/i!'Hfr~",fo:<i l'!~f;;l.l"ll.p, II~" II

• • •

Sioka-JS. Count rrom the Nakshtra occupied by the Sun till the :;lar or the day. Mark 4 stars ror the upper po~ion or the _ door rrame, J ror the centre, 8 ror the 4 COOlers at 2 each, 8 for the top hinges at 4 ror each and the last 4 ror the bottom of the rrame. The respective result will be : (1) kingship (2) kingship again (3) banishment (4) 8 kinds or wealth and (5) death. This Dwara Chakra is profilable to find out the auspicious Naksha­tra ror raising the door rraine.

tT., ",'~a, ra~: ~«I ~sf~ ~ l{,~~>l~~" ~fq"a"'Hq i?(~ ,

112 '

ll,jl!ll!$F.IiI;lT"WIl;pg>i; .. ~tt: ~ 'lAI6Ol"'!~~(It«IR:~f1~d~I<f.I

SJoka-36. Note the Tithi ruling at the . time; add to it the number denoting the week day and one more. Divide the sum so obtained by 4. When tbe remainder is 3 or 0. ' it promises happiness. Should it be 1 or 2, it indicates loss of money. Reckon from the Sun's Nakshatra till .that of tbe Moon. ' Divide tbe number into 9 groups of 3 each and assign them to the several planets in the following 'order : Sun. Mercury, Venus., Saturn. Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Rabu and Ketu.. Should the Nakshatra belong to a benefic planet, it will denote prosperity; if to a malefic planet, il forebodes evil. This Cham is to be used whenever a new oven or furnace is to be used or a new fire is suggested for the purpose of adoration of planets or idolation.

~jqrqr.!lI?-.n~f.I~Ri~;f,I ~: mit ~~<tt l! «"Ili;m:f.I~1iII : ~i i!!",'rW<'f.<'l'l, I

~ 14I\1'I4~~lv&~I';l'lfltft! I!Ir~~'lr.i ~ tf,f ~I""q~rft;;i; "1'1 ~~2' '!lq~i 1jj!1~ II ~19 II

Sloka·37. Multiply the length of a OOX by its breadth in terms of inches and yavas. Divide this product by 9. The re­mainders tbe~f , viz., 1, 2, 3, etc. will respectively corre­spond to the 9 planets. from the Sun onwards. The good or bad effects will be correspondingly identical with the planet de­noted by the remainder. Where it is more than 2 yavas it is a mark. An inch = 8 yavas. .

"!if; \tlilq~ ~mf<if'lir dl\l5,.q ~!lI"l11Q. . ",,,l.a ~Hfl'!il' IH1q a'l\T~I~ ;r~ I ~r '1~<::1 nil 't~ '«l:tfli~ fil!l WI:

~fI!Ilql't'l>il w.. :;[?-.... , mi ~ ~ ~'t II ~ <: II

tf\;:i '" I'lli' f~<::'l 'lill1ll,f$iit '!T~ <1t~i "!!0l11ll''W!ft! &:1fl.'1'it<i Ili'llll: I

113

'lifW'''I'iIIf'lS'I'!T ailq~ ~.~ 'I{1~\§'i\~: " ij;fi;fi~q.n f'!~'1f<:: l!ol'lil!,p.1'1>lI'il'll<t, II ~ '" II

Sloka-38-39. When a man is eager 10 settle down in a new town or country he should find out the mosl opportune time for the purpose. This he can leam in the.following manner so that he may be blessed with children, wealth and prosperity. The Chakra for the purpose is in the shape of a mall. Count from the star of the town or country till the natal Nakshalra of the native. Should the number be within the first 5, it will be on the head, and the effect will be accumulation of wealth. When it is within the next 3, it will be on lhe face denoting destruction; jf within the next 5, it will be on the chest ensuring wealth; if within the next 6, it will be on the 2 Ceet at 3 per each foot foreboding loss of wealth; if it is the next star, it will be on the back denoting danger to life if within the next 4, it will be on the pelvis and signify prosperity. The next 2 stars will be on the anus and forebode trouble and fear. The last 2 will relate to the two hands - right and left - at one each promising much gain and poverty respectively .

0I",~1!,>(i"1"';t; It If"'~"i'" il ~~l~iI~ 1f.I1\!!: 5f{s~ 11~ !!'111/i1I;1l'lI{tli! ~~'t I

~qi M~;i 'liilfu ~>i1~2i ii'1,~ ~l-,~ "flf<lli a'RIo,'1'li2i "'1fJ\~ '"';;::01\ IIY·1I

Sloka-40. Count the natal asterism of the boy whose sacred thread (Yaguopaveetf ceremony is to he held, till the Nakshatra occupied by lupiter. Reserve the first 5 for the bead, tbe next 3 for the face, the next star for the chest, the 8 for the 2 feet, 2 stars for the boy's Palasa (start) and the next 8 for the deer skin worn. The respective results will be : (1) happiness (2) swerving from one's religious duties (3) a slanderer (4) afflicted with disease (5) lustrous and (6) learned.

~{i'f.:.<:~fi 4I"la ~rurq~tf~?:tr::l' ffiij~ffifa ij~ !!U: ~>l'1"'1;;j; F-lilff.ci ,;$ i! f.\''Il&~'{ I

fu~~q,.. <loIl,illl 'l13il1Q1 'lJl r"~MIn.f<ri\ "~Ir.:qfuf.ll?:~~ ~~a'~,! ""i",elll II V! II

3l'{!lR! q'i~li ~O;"'ii al "l;;fl'Wl;fi ffii9"! 'lllHi Qf"fgi;;;j1.lif~5'\'<'lt Oil: I

"llfu~',," ~~ '!il) ,~aP+i Pi'" iiil,>J;;1l1: 'Ii{)-, .'

\l i~,,"I~ ill f<I~ft"I!~I1Il[Ir.. <'l fll ;rr~<.,,: II V <-II ~ .......... '" ll:.. :.

~i ~"''''Q'I"rq i<t'~o1 tf;:'d<i(.;:q'2~tf'1~p~·tJ ~-

;~rr.fi:;!l'l'l I!;' "i!i"'~ a : ~"';?l "'t'llR~i\ I "!~,,qf,.l~ntf~<ft !lli'l'lI~~f'1f<1~ .• <fr

';I~lf',""Ml~qll':ill'i'i,~'~" "'1(' f'11:: I; V ~ II " ~ ~" "" '" m".' q~'r'~ i1'lOil ;H~ts" ffit'liil<"if,1

~;;l"t f.\fil'lil,it n '1,0\01 "~lll!lllfiO'illf, I

Slnka41-4..1'h. In order to guess whether there is a hidden treasure, ullc..lcrgroumJ, o f jewels, money, bones, etc. in a house or at a s ite, and to be sure about the lruth or otherwise of its ex­istence by verification, the Nidhi Chakra is most appropriate. Draw five horizonlal lines crossed by 8 vcJ1ical lines, tbus making 28 squares. Post in them all the 28 Nakshatras inclu­sive of Abhijit thus : Let the 7 squares in the top horizontal lines be occupied by the Nakshatras Revati, Aswini. Bhami, Krittika, Magha, P.phalguni and UltaJjl.phalguni respectively. In the next horizontal line, the order of the Nakshatra will be : UUarabhadra, Purvabhadra. Satabhisha, Roruni, Aslesha, Pushya and Hasta. The 3rd borizontal line will comprise of the Naksha· tras: Abhijit, Sravana, Dhanishta, Mrigasira, Ardra, Punarvasu and Chitrao The last linc will consist of tbe Nakshatras UI­larashadha, Purvashadha , Moola, Jyeshta, Anuradha, Visaka and Swali. The Moon is tbe lord of tbe 14 s tars : Bharani, Krillika, Aswini, Ardra, Punarvasu, Pusbya, Magha, Aslesha, Abhijil , Revali, Sravana, Uttarashadha, Purvashadha and Purvabhadra . The Sun is tbe lord o~ the remaining 14 Naksha·

115

lias. The Sun and the Moon at the time of query will guide about the kind of the treasure concealed (SL-46,47 infra). Table showing the Nakshatra positions .

• U. Revati Aswini Bhami Kriuika Magha P.

I Phalguni Phalgun

U. P. Sata- Rahini Aslesha Pusbya Hasla Bbadra Bhadra bbisha

Abbijit Sravana Dharu- Mriga- ArII .. P.Vasu Chitra shta sira

U. P. Moo!a lyestha Anu- Visakba Swati Ashadha Ashadha radha

alilRi {f~~llI ~I{'" ~RlllIRI,~irolf~a-Om;6 "f?;iIi1f~'l"«!l"Il~t!lH;;'''' il1!'I. ttlill tt

(I'lJqt~"'t '1qlT'>Tf.I~at qe'lIH;;\<'" f1; " (1m<! "'l ~<lqt'l'lqii (lr<'li@;i\s"" ~ I

ijl1"'t~;tft{"'1t2~"'t: IfHtf",f.lm: 11I~-¥hlil ;;\i'lll!iI.'l'" '1~: ~'" A'IlillI: lfiqlil.ttV~

Slokn-4..1 lh-45. The time taken in Ghatikas by the SUIl 10

traverse a complete Nakshatra from its beginning 10 the end is called the 'divisor'. Note the interval in Ghatikas taken by the Sun from the lime of his entry into thai Nakshalra till the de­sired moment and multiply the same by 60 and use the divisor referred 10 above. The remainder should be multiplied by 27 and Ihe product be divided by 60. II will give the number of stars counled from Aswini lhal have been traversed by the Sun at Ihe time. Similarly find oul the intelVal laken by the Moon in lhe Nakshatra she is posited in to travel the Ishta Ghati or required time. Multiply this by 27 and divide the product by 60. 1be quolient will reveal the number of Nakshalras counted from Aswini passed by the Moon. The remainder in Ghatikas and Vighatikas will denote her position at the time.

116

a''''\~l!t.l\~t1! ~~ 6~ "I OTt 6>11

am (q"lii5<f. I!~Ot'!'1 a;iIif,>,! "I .n~ .. ~: I

Ifhi qQ'fq iht i ""f:iik!\ ~f::lj~ <t-" - ~ ~~;nfq ~ ;flf4\l: ",,!fq ~\~'ffiI '"~ ~'1' IIY 1\ It Sloka46. Compute the position of tbe Moon at the time

as recommended in the last Sioka. Shou ld she be aspected by planets from the Sun onwards, the treasure concealed will consist of (1) golden articles (2) silver (3) copper (4) brass (5) gold (6) bell metal (7) iron (8) tin and (9) lead. When she is aspected by many planets full of strength, the treasure will be of many sorts of metals. If she does nol get the aspect of any of the planets. there will not be any hidden treasure at all.

,,;i( ~~!iI'1lf~~ i! i!,!~Pl\'~ <'il\v..{lt.i. Il.q~ 'If;( ~'!~ f:if\P.i "l.~;tr\~r r~~ \

" '!iiI '1P.: d';{~ ~ {,~~;j; m~lt <Ii? lWl~ !! 'l:.q'l 'il~ d\lll~;i '!~lt II YI9 It

Sloka47. Should all the planets aspect this Moon at the time, the native will get the valuable treasure contained in a vcry big vessel. Should tbis Moon be in (Leo) Simha, the treas­ure will be concealed in a golden vessel; if in the Bbava be­longing to the Stthula Moon (VII-t3 supra) it will be in a silver vessel; if in the Bbava of Mars, it will be in a copper vessel; if in that of Mercury, it will be in a vessel made out of a precious stone; if in Jupiter' s house, it will be in lI. stone-vessel; if in the house of Venus, it will be in an earthen pot; if it is in Saturn's, it will be in a vessel made of iron.

It a""\ii5~>i\: rl!'l~ ~RJ{<ft -ro\d "11~ ,it-• Or-s<q qfu<lil~ i! ij1l'1~i"I"'T ~ R!l~ I

~ ~'l;I"\r.« afa: ~~, ~ <it ~"'''11fl • .. ~ ~m{g;%'Ha: ~ 'liUiI l\~ It \/<: It

Sloka-48. Should the Sun and the Moon be together in a star ruled by the Moon at the time (SlAS supra) it will indi-

117

cale Ibe presence of treasure. When two planets are in a NakSbatra ruled by tbe Sun. the treasure will consist of bones. If lbe SUD and the Moon be in each other's place, nothing will be found. Should this Moon associate with malefics, the native will not gel the treasure, if it is associated with benefics, be wiu gel it. The depth of the hidden treasure should be guessed in units of a hand's length. by the number of degrees passed by the Moon in tbe Naksbatra.

~«I"t."'it;ll'l-m aft! {\!~ ta~Ii<lr-" " 'lir. @I'l{~ilgt qftvtl!s~.~i~,i"li"''Iilt I

~ ~r""gr~rif~ ~f.>;~a: mfUr ,"lila: ~'lfUr ~ "'''<1lf{.ja'"'gtT~lIf1r~ ~""~ a1 ~.q;ft I. \I '/,11

"T1lllll!tJ a<'f,'IT':;~W! a,:a~lfiI ~) ~.,.q. ~"H>..i ~l(iUI"'I>ii ~ "'~ I

m ~"'ft$ "'I~li ,,~ ",,"w~l!f~fii~1 dl~f~ "I~~ 11'\ on Sloka49·SO. Draw four vertical lines crossed by four hori­

zontal lines so as to make 9 squares. Counting from the Naksha­Ira occupied by the SUD al the moment, assign 3 Nakshatrs for the centre, the 8 other groups of 3 stars each being reserved for

~ , ast

3 3 3 AIIltinds prosperity Destruction of prosperity of tbe entire

family

3 3 3 Wealtb Loss of Widow-and com the couple hood

3 3 3 Girl gains Deb< Continua astray and of the

Disease lamily

118

lhe 8 directions beginning from the East. The posilion of the Moon on the day of tbe marriage will be denoted in anyone of them. TIle several results of these beginning from tbe central square are (1) loss of the couple (2) prosperity (3) destruction of the entire family (4) widowbood (5) cQunlinuance of lbe family (6) large debt and disease (7) the girt concerned going astray (8) wealth and com and (9) all sorts of prosperity. This is how all the groups of Chakra have been described by Lord Shiva to Sri Nandin ..

• This brings to the end of the first Kanda of Unarkalamriia composed by Kali Das.

II ij'd(ifi~I+lI:1l!. II

II r~<Iil!~'~: II

_.-

KANDA-II

~''Ii fuqim:~aql'''l$l~''lll":-ilil '<I' If "I'IR ~,,~ ~." :~If1l"'W'lfllffi1l. I

• 11,"'~~ \l1;t1{ftai ~grQIf'!ir(;ir

1T1t1,,"Nilit 1f~)""""'{f.I~;fT l!~t11l. II t II

Sioka-l. A person, who has observed Brahma-Charya flawlessly and has studied the sacred texiS with devotion as recommended for his vocation, should marry a charming girl, possessing good physical reatures, appeals to his heart/unmar. ried, much younger in age, devoid or Sapindta (done nothing so bad within the group of relations so as to deserve funeral liba­tion), free from diseases, sbould not belong to the same Gatra .nd Pravara, free from contagious diseases like leprosy, should be below 10 years of age and is attractive both to tbe eyes and tbe heart.

~ql~I" '1~>i<i1 mf< Ri!i'll'il ~'~If,", : ~

3I1<~1 lIa~ ~''l.tf<ijffi~ lIlfq~i!;j; {~ I ij'illoil 'Ii'; fmli:\ . qa ~: ';:'!f.Ifl~,!a

\\If<1lI\{f .. '1''l~:'1 i;;;~ "'1!lRIII< q2il" I a.

119

II ~ Ii Sloka-2. Three generations of the father, grand-father

and great-grand-father, are entitled to the funeral offering of Pinda and three others preceding to them have the privilege to the Pindalepa (application of ghee, etc., to the Pinda). The native in succession happens to be the 7th. This is called single Sapindya in a family . Mark the generation at which the family becomes dirrerenl with respect to the bride and the bride-groom. This difference uf the family must be counted as far back as the 7tb and the 51h removed from the father and the mother respec­tively of the two-bride and the bridegroom.

Note: Blood-relations to any of the six generations be­come mutually Sapindas.

~i'tl 'II 'If);; 'Fa~1.l 'I"i:\~'"ll .< ~I""I "Ii'l~ fit'lOf'.'< q;;~~''''lija'H~ <'f.Ia. I

~",I.J~" q",irIQf< f.i~,ql~<:<i1 f.ti~ ~1~01l" f.\'lRrh!l"~i!<l't~'!l.alqi ilIfIl: Sioka-J. With respect to the children of a man or woman,

or that of the bride and bridegroom, the Sapinda relationship should be taken into account as far back as the 7th removed from the father of the native and the 5th removed from the mother, aod within tbat group, if there is any marital alliance, it should be rejected. Beyond that there should be no objection to it. WbeD Sapindya breaks at any stage for one party, it does so for tbe other party too. Observe this rule while makiDg any marital alliance between two parties.

Note: Kullukabhaua bas observed tbat the mother's fa­ther though connected with Pinda is not Sapinda since his Gatra is different.

120

"fli!1l1qq~I~II~ lIfi1;ft,""l'II'1l'1:"'ffi~<l: q!ftq"~1(""lft qf;upi ~1'l1 'tm "'\II I

<I1al!f1 !l!RR;''li''~~Il): 'iii'll" \If<I/fi: ~'" 'II 'I''Il!'!!'1fqfcr 11I1*"'~): II 1/ II

Sloka-4. Some people believe that the (our1h from the mother- forbidding three ge nerations only-should be acceptable for marriage, i.e., from the fourth onwards; there should be no objection, but those girls should be avoided wbo stand in the relationship of sisters, mothers and daughters. There are others who maintain that marilal alliance may be entered into be­tween the six generation in one line and the fifth in the other. and between tbe 5th generations, provided the girl does not come under the relationship of a sister to the boy. In Orissa and Tamil stales, marriage between parties of the 3rd generation is allowed, but this does not hold good for all places. Should the bride happen to belong to the sixch or eighth generation in the line of the bride-groom the prohibition disappears absolutely.

'fi~~fil!lQ"'aif.rqf<l'" ~lrl·iNt.151,,(f.I)fa­(!11iSf"I'!: ~<1qaitll>lgl"~ij!: .• "ift:.~ 'fi~1iI. I

Q'."I~fa.·~~.jlftl Il1rq."'I ~ 'Il~'li'~'lii f'l"~) ~~ ~~1111 \l1"lIl!l1" I1ItrftR'If~'li: " '\ "

Sloka·S. Always start counting from the common fore­fathers of the parties and the Sapindya-rule should not be ig­nored. Similarly, avoid the violation of the standards of the particular families and countries. Also investigate thoroughly the relationship with the other family. 'The word Sapinda means one who has equal relationship with the Pinda or body of the common fore-father. The body is composed of six sheaths. bones, muscles and marrow obtained [rom the father and skin. flesh and blood from the mother. If in any particular case this com­mon relationship is not very much binding upon the two parties or the question of inheritance of property does not arise, the marriage may be allowed.

1!;",~i!<.l!qlT.qrn: %!''W '1(11 ~ ",~l O:~ «iI~tl5qqit~"mqtJ1S'l'" I

'11~1h '" «i\~tl'l:ll"it ''Il''I1!¥l '!~'t ~"I<rt 'II !l;I(Qr,N{'l f'l{l'lT~l'!<i1 'II "'II''!.

121

II .~ II

Sloka·l); When a woman separates from ber husband and decides to live with somebody else, the husband may marry her own sister, if be desires progeny. This may be agreed as an exception to the rule that the daughters should not be married to the same family or sons of the same parents. But in the case of twin sisters, if they marry twin brothers it will be in the regular order.

«'<IIi: "f~ fiI~lt ~'1'1"'III<lll'!i;"qm "~l . <Iliit.~q ~'Ifu f'it,Itl'l>l\ ;it Ij"fa",'f~l I

"~H"la«oo~ ,,"'I' ~'1 1I;!.<if;j'll1 ~'l;ffif<l!i!'Il'lll:-.(")~~ at at "ms<grl<\. II " II Sloka-7. When a man is blessed with children through

his second wife, then the son of the first wife has Sapindya re­lationship with her for three generations to come. Suppose, that woman is issueless, the daughter of their paternal uncle will not at all sland in the relationship of a mother to the son referred to above, i,e., be can marry her, though apparently she is a mother to him, being, the cousin of his step-mother. The step-mother's sister's daughters too will not be a sister to him. Therefore, he may have marital alliance with her.

'" lIIi!'t fiii'\'J ~"l'qa'll ~"~31!''11'11l'll • • • rrr 't;qHr~~~~, a ~ ::I;:q;ti~ ~,~: .~T f I

ft"l'Iljj m;'1i " il'''11l!'1~ tr'll '1"''l*. ~1 trOll al Qfi:uf1'l Ot'l ""fa '~I">i'lI>n~'1: " <: " Sioka-S. When they marry girls who happen to be their

sisters owning 10 their father and mother belonging to the 7th and 5th ge nerations respect ively, they are reduced to the posi-

122

lion of Sudnas in this very life. Even if they are not fallen, they reduce their parents and other relations to a lower status. Since ODC does not fall down even by marrying a forbidden girl on account of their baving no contamination.

mfqiJi;q,,,,, f.\t,q~,\\("q ~~fi\;''''~1 ;i)"Cl' q~ ~~,~(q)",,<i\ ~sf.\fq~:t f.I~: ,

~tl ..... ,r;l "r""'<TllI~tl'I«I'ill\~'1(~", iII~ qliT r~!I( "'iWl ~l;t!lq,+q~ II ~ II Sloka·9. After the departure of the Sapindya relation·

ship, a man can marry a girl who may happen to be a relation of a mother's sisler, or with a girl who may be the daughter in tbe same manner. There is no hesitation on tbese grounds in the states soutb of tbe Narmada. Even when the Sapindya is con­cealed, marriage is allowed in those states between families belonging to generations within five and three with respect to father and mother respectively.

\f111f.;1:lfuf1:~ r",,~ <::~'''~li'<!I "'!IlIqli\ fil .. \q,!q a:;fiq<i\ q~ lAi\lM,l.I"" ,

Ifllfoit, Itt, ~ "''!'le.'Il "If1li;r.qdj\I"I-

q~: q~f1t~ " "TQ"'!1:rr.,~ fq<["lfl;!'lfl{. i: ~. "

Sloka-IO.1t is against all sacred mandates or Dharma to have marilal aUiance among the twice-born within five genera4 Hons [rom the father as well as from the mother, or within five generdtions with respecct to mother, and seven, to father. Should it be within three generdlions, the native will be guilty of com4 milling the murder of a Brahmin. Maternal unclc' s daughter should be accepted as one of own Gotta (family) with respect to debt, buying, woman's asseembly or reeding. Marital alli­ance with her or with the daughters of one's own fathcr's .sister is forbidden.

123

..n'~'I~~: ~;r.r.ft\l~'5j) ~ "'I!II~I: ... fa O1HIlT Mdq: ""ml!lqj'll: "" " lit t II

. Sloka-l1.Should a native marry his own maternal uncle's

daughter or one belonging to the Gotra or Pravara of the mother, or his own niece or the daughter of his father's sister and sow of his seed. be should better give her up and perform the expia· tory rite caUed Chandrayana. In tbe South marriage with daugh­ters of maternal uncles is popular. This is taking place mostly amongst the young ladies who eat fISh and are addicted to many paramours and those who drink.

Note: Vyasa has advised lhe husbands to give up those women:

(1) Who hive illicit relations with a disciple; (2) With the preceptor; (3) Who bate lhoi, husbands; and (4) Who is guilty of committing incest-with a low bred

bastard.

!FRft ~ 'lTir.!!!:,nmt t'€<Ii: qfij:

'I ~ R~' dill ~,n r<ri'''1~ I WRl'2d4ft.1).qllf""'~.n ;U tit

tIll-,n 'I f.IN~ ;U '""'''~ II t, II Sloku-12.A young woman who has become pure by bath

II I the end of her monthly course may be fed, al a Sraddha, bul one who has married his malcmal uncle's daughter or a Brah­min who h.1S married a Sudra woman ought nol· 10 be wor­shipped and fed . So too, Ihere is a Vedic prohibition agaillst feeding a woman who happcnd 10 be a vagabond. lbose who are worshipped must say that they are satisfied (Tripta Huai). We can not say that we have no faith in Truth, Fire and tbe Sun. This is an example and nol an autbority or pllblic opinion. But in south India there is no such rule or tradition.

lI1fq~ii i!~fu l"'l.~qfl!, !11"""1~1~~1 ~ ~f,(,~;;!r'1'l!"I~f.lal "iisfq ~ mau I

124

• !I~i IITa{ 11;~ 6IMf.i<!t a~6n '!Iijl'll

<::"'" ~f~~ !Ill ~~I !T1<i!'i~ "'Wl"i6: " n " Sloka·13.1be Sapindya relationship percolates for 3 gen­

erations only (in this part of the country) in the case of a girl who is born of a woman belonging to the same caste as ber husband. But all those who are born of the same fatber but of mothers of diffemet castes, become brothers mutually, and all the wives of the father -are mothers to all the children. Simi­larly, the brothers of those women are maternal uncles. For a man given in adoption within the family cirlce itself, there is Sapindya, (or seven generations, but this period is reduced with respect to Kshatriyas.

~)[IVl ~fil~qf"'!I(:;rr II,Q'''''!l<RIIT

.<S'.ft ." !I(~I!I 'llluft rofil ~"'!Il,: I l;ll'!l''lTlf<l'lq'll ~aijal ;i\~l~""lfl ~~

q-,qi!l, f.f;H~<~'l' I'!'iloi ~ '!li!~~ 11 Z \I 11 Sloka-14. No man should marry (1) the sisler o£ his aunt

{Catber's brother's wife) (2) the sister of his mother's co-wife, the daughter of (1) and (2), (3)tbe sister of his brother's wife (4) one who stands in the relationship of a mother (5) his teacher's daugher (6) his son's daughter (ie. the daughter of one who stands in the relationship of a son). The difference of Pravara (Vedic preceptorship hapded down from ancient times) should be taken into account only with respect to the father and not of the mother.

am<:1 flIl!l!Iir;rl'll'li"!!~ 'I R,~~~"qiIT-~ 'lil:!'(;;)<:: 3T ,f?;~''1!~fu ~1 ,",'!,at 'lil~ I

'Il"q f';Q3oi g~{r"'!,i iiI "lH'li{[~'" .

ijlF.\llllmoi " ~'l ~PI~ ~r'ij;'l'i ~I~l: " Z ... " Sloka·1S.After the marriage of his daughter no father

should dine in her house believing in the opportunity to meet friends. and relatives. Similarly, he , should not displease his

125

son·in law, taking him to be the lord Narayana himself. 'No man sbould worsbip under one roof two emblems of Lord Siva. two Chakras of Lord Vishnu, two Sun-Gods. two Saligramas and three Sakti weapons of Lord Subrahmanya, as they are neither beneficial nor conducive to prosperity.

ijTrellTll9~ ;p.j ;; f.l!lij ~'* f~;;T 'l,;;qij

'T~ fi;'1'l~ I.'l"l'ii9!lij fglj ~;;: ~'iI~ I WTI"'1IQijIiTS''I'l(oi:'l~g'''l~~~''aT

a.,ift~'liG qOfI;;'l~ omq"'!l.it'li'l: Ii I ~ II Sloku-16. Whe never there Are two s..1 li grama emblems of

the Lord only o ne should be worshipped amI no l bolh . Even if it is damaged. il should be worshipped so 10llg as its Ring is nol -" IMlilcd; the emblem o f Lord Shiva in s imilar circumstances should be re-(:slablishcd and its sanctity s hould be restored before worship. The laller emblem must have unifonn height . hs lOp should remain open. TIle circumference of the stand should be thrice the height of the Emblem. While the dimen­s ions of the water-course should be five limes the height.

'I: :riif<q~'"~1it ~~~6 $T¢ ij 'llGT"{ ., i!q: f'l1l:(1 fiI{l'l f~ftaq<1l1r"'~IQTfa:$'l. I

qoft;l; : ij{ a<'l'l'f<il'lRiJ 'l~1 "'IT'lTI!~ 11'" ~'f.lf'l"lIi'tS(ra >rt q,"l"l'IT ~l!Ifil . II!ISII

Sloka-17. He, who perfonns his father 's Sraddha on an auspicious day, should also do it for his maternal grandfather also. Otherwise, i.e., by leaving him, he would be committing the sin of patricide. The annual ceremony that is ordained, should be observed for the wives of .the respective fore-fathers also separately. In the three kinds of Sraddhas, viz., Vridhi, Gaya and Ashtaka , it is tbe religious dUly of the man concerned to do the ceremony as well as the olher religious func1ions re­lating to Gods. When the rile is perfonned at home, the native's wife should hand over the Pinda to him.

Note: Sraddha is the devout offering of food or food

126

material for the sake of Manes. II is mainly o f two kinds : (1) PaIVana and (2) Ekoddishta. The funeral ceremony of the Ca­ther, grandfather and the great-grand-father is called Parvana while the one done for the one above is called Ekoddishta. This again is o f three types : (1) Nitya or daily (2) Naimittika o r casual and (3) Kamya or optional. This is further divided in 10 5 varieties as (a) Aharahah (daily) (b) Parvana (e) Vriddhi­Sraddba (d) Ekoddishta and (e) Sapindeekarana. The Vriddhi­Sraddha is performed where there is the birth of a son at borne. The best lime of a Sraddha is given by Yagya-Valakya .

;(,,,.m'l,,~<ct f.m~ l:6"\f.lq~~"I-•

lI{~~ ~"it !! 'WIia ~ar ij ;;lIg «g<4a I

f ... ~ qft~~;ftql(" ~g ll:ti itq,;s 1'i"''''ri!'l\Jl~it R'la{q"\: ~'l,ql'lqrt: iii! 11\':11

Slokll-18. Seniority of the twins is determined by the onler of the falling o f the seed into the womb, but it is determined othclWise. The child whose face the fa the r beholds first is ca lled the e lder.

Avoid Tri-Jyeshtha, that is the marriage o[ the Jycshta, eldest son o r daughter should not be performed in the month of Jyeshla, if they arc born in the Nakshatra Jyeshta. This remark holds good for Upanaya nam also. Similarly two Jyeshtas also, Le., marriage or any auspicious rite for tbe: lyeshta, eldest SOli

in the montb of lycshta are to be s hunned.

When an auspicious ceremony is performed in the family, allow two months to eplapse before another is observed [or a brother o r sister. As regards olbers, lhe function m3 Y be ob­served afier purification by a bath w here there is pollution.

~~~1 (If) ~~i!;~lmf.l.mt"':;" , ~.;(: ;jil;ft~", ~~~sfq o~.jl I:J\I: !ii'lH~~I(: I

~,I(lfq' ~"\il.t.M~.i' <I3l~;: i ;ol(ll1.

3l!1 II~IJ a. ;::,,~f.\a(~.il tl\~:{l : q' II ~Q, II

127

Sloka·19.Sons are of 12 kinds, viz., (1) one's own (womb) son (2) daughter's son (3) one born of one's wife by another (4) one born o f an unmarried girl (5) o ne born of a 'woman that is remarried (6) adopted son (7) bought from the parents (8) one who is made a son on account of his good qualities (9) an orphan or an abandoned child who gives himself away to another as a son (10) the son of a woman who is pregnant at the time of marriage (11) one born secretly of a man's wife by another who can not be determined exactly and (12) one who is aban­doned by the parent or parents and brought up by another. or these 12 kinds of sons only two varieties i.e., (1) and (6) are approved and the remaining are 10 be shunned in Kaliage.

Nole: Manu has spoken of 12 kinds of sons in IX _ 15ij-160. viz., Aurasa, Kshelraja, Dalta , Krilrima, Gudhotpanna, Apaviddha, Kanccn3 , Sahodha, Kreeta, Paunarbhava, Swayallldana and Saudra. The definition of kshetraja, son is:-

~"'·I"f : <!'I,al:'! ~~1'11:'! OIllf'«ll:'! 'IT I ~"li", flI5'I' ,

\I ~,, : ~~: ~a8 "

1"1~ Il~~ fi"'i'l~ ~ijG!<lil iW{--

<i\ II,,, fffi~!l""" ~~fii 'lMl~r I !i"ll "~Il\r~ : ~'mIlrN;!I m~rrr~1

Ii,"",! f[a~'<Ifij '<ro'lfil ""iI!&<iIIil~<I: " ~. " Slokll-20. The man who wants to. have a SOli by adoption

shoulll lirst o ffer a pair of ear-rings, clo! hes alld such other gins to the ooy; alld accept with joy as a blessing from God, when he is given away by his parents through a sacrifice. He should pour cooked-rice on the sacrificial fire and chant the mystic syllables and the Vedic Hymns beginning with Pratrabhaga as well as Ihe one commancing with Yaslvahride after the precepts of his Grihya Sutras and thereafter entertain with sumptuous food a couple of Brahmins.

m!fr~(\{""~~t\"'F) lII .. l " ~"""'" " .~I RIRI or <ni!!!f'rn orr;::ri!"~l!i"1<I: I

tt;j)sfillR~ ~q~'Il'l~If~ ;j)'flT~<!­"'l't.~~q'lI~l\sfi\~fti' ~, 'I ~~I!T '" 11'< ~ II

Sloka·2:1.A boy who deserves to be adopted should be the son of a brother or the like. He must be soft spoken and sincere in words and deeds and nol one who may come out to be troublesome, nor should he be older QT senior in rank. A widow is not permitted to give or lake one in adoption. Though the boy may be inferior in the mailer of Pravara (The Vedic lineage), the sacrifice must be observed according to such cus· toms of the man who adopts him and with Mantras commenc­ing with Sodhi. This adoption oC a boy is permitted before the tonsure ceremony and not after be has been invested with the sacred thread. Similarly. adoption of a slave or that of a Sudra should be shunned.

~,;lI~il~'I1 r~'\l q~ I!<!lQI'1T "l~' OR" . .-::: ~,~,: =i ~ F,~'f.t? ~ ~l{;.t ~~.~ ',11T!}{: \

f.f ' .ln.'I;~ '! m'iR'.1r <!~af:ijft;5if.'IT'! . • • • • ill ~ij1 'l"'::1!T 'Ii~~{~ '~I:;;: '! :[.~F"l~'I. 11< < 11

Sloka-22. Ir Brahmins receive wealth [rom Sudra women, promising them to serve like slaves, they indeed beoome Sudras and gct the fruit prescribed for them. So has opined the Sage Parasara. He says a Sudra who causes a sacrifice to be per­fonned in the house of a Brahmin will reap its full benefits. A man who is given away in adoption himself should perfonn the Sraddha of his father (who begot him) when tbe person sup­posed to do it is absent.

<::ffi<!i!S': "","i'lfttt m« RQr.,-il~ 'II ijliG~ ~ 'Ii?\B'I,.qlf<! ~S"l"'IJ1~l:w1: I

~~"!,",fii~: "lRiIl'!' "",q~ ~'~i!'- . lillT'f\ " \lfil""!IT 'I ~ ~R l'IiIi 'II"'''' IPn \I

Sloka-23. Those sons who arc taken in adoption and those who are bought indeed get the Calm of the family they join,

129

even if they come [rom a different GOlra, but remain bereft of Sapindya relationship. So says the Sage Vasishtha. When an adopted son originally belonged to a different Vedic Sakha (branch) was invested with the sacred thread according to the Sakha of the father adopting him, he certainly gets the Sakha, ctc., of his 2nd father. He has got the right for a share in his father's property. This inheritance will not then depend upon the Sapindya relationship. As regards tbe pollution (Shauch and Soolaka) also, be gets it just like his adoptive (2nd) father and not olbclWise.

'II" f<~~!la <'<!'I<.<!TG fqi!~'W! ;i''l!l:r~­Rqu~SIllR;::q1i1 'I'l;::3'1"11~1 "'Ii '" " .. I I

;r"I!!'~I'!."" " '1<:;'1 l!:~1 ~;IIN"T ;fr"ij ~,, ;jtsfq f.I;;ir,ij" '1t~i'r f.\~,";{ '11 ~ffi II, ~ II

Sloku·24. A SOli given away in adoption will cease 10 have any right over his falher's wealth, Gotra and funeral libations and he gets them pertaining to his adoptive father. After adop­lion by another; a man cannot give funeral libations to his father thai has begotten him.

With regard to sacrifce and funeral offerings, the rule is th::lt the adopted person will follow the system of his new rela­tive (father). When a person foresees the extinction of his family, he gives his daughter in marriage with the idea of adopting her son as his own, the grand son born of that wedlock will be like that of his own born, and the relationship is confirmed, pro­vided there is no desire for double parentage, i.e., maintaing relationship with both the families.

i!it~1 ~~Gil~f\~~)i;~' 'I1'!I1"'!lt~ .nS'lfllq~ ~~" ~<I aflq;nf ... ~ J;(1<!;fll: I

"11% 1j;1{fqa"'!'!fll'lft~' 'llll'!I'I) '!f~ "'·in~Ifl!q'lI~<iifqft<Rlr'l(<.<!",~'\i ,,!~~ II,~ II

Sioka-ZS. Those who want to gel married may marry tbe younger sister of their sisler's husband or thai of their elder

130

brother's wife. A widower who is not keeping the marital fire or whose wife is living Car away, should get his falher's anni­versary (Sraddha) perfonned by his brothers who are maintain­ing that fire and their wives living with them. It should not be observed by others (the co-partners and the like).

The Anniversary ceremony should not be observed along with tbe daily sacrificial fire, as after kindling it and keeping it with oblations, it must be disposed of (rejected).

•

qlll1i "IIfqN4 ~1'~611oi Ql{!!I~1 ~'1t ~~ ,I q~ "'~~I q~: !!Ita! " ~ i!ll' 1

l!;iT'i.'{ag(l~~\'I~it ~ . " !llIm:1 ~ I!llal~fiI ~, 'l!lIIa ~il...t Rli.~ II ~ f, II

Sloka-26. Getting the Homa or sacrifice performed by the Brahmins who are fed is not proper. Doing so is on1y an incon­siderate act of tbe followers of the Rig-Veda school says Bhrigu, the sage. Brother of tbe wife and husband of sister (provided

, their wives are alive), the sister. brother, daughter and son· when these six perfonn the Sraddha of the man concemed it ceases to be a real one (Sraddba).

i'r;!'I"Jq{'I <I01qli"~~ a;!+!fl 1I~ ~~ <I1f;~>fl~ ~a"~'fi'~~'!.faq~. 1

1il.~lrqaq,q;nUq~;ft~~!!I '1'~ 61i1

6"'11" "I f.li!flRi f("~'11 ~~ r.qifa'if;j~1 II~"'" Sloka-27. To get a religious mendicant, a yogin or a phi­

losopher for Sraddha feeding is almost impossible. So sincerely try to satisfy such people completely. A Brahmin should not accept tbe food offered. to him at a Sraddha by a Sudra. Simi· larty a Brahmin sbould not give the consecrated food. at a Sraddha to a Sudra indicrimiDitely. This is against the principle of dis­tribution.

Manu is very clear on this subject in III 2A3-9.

'" • ~ .. ... t' -::. ~I!I '!i;l U,\~ 'I! UII"'~@ '{m~

"I;i'\{ri:?llll~ i'\"li<ll!'{~'''i ;j ~qrftn I

l{~i\s"!~;ft'!~4'faiil ~.q «I3q;r,"~-

131

. '~;::);j f[ilii1l.j'fij(!1f.<>51 'II"!;[ qrmlRT<l. II, ~ II Sloko-21l. lbe benevolent merit that a man may experi­

ence from donaling a bouse in charity is possible only when it is given to a Brahmin along with some land. Even the Serpent­king, Adiscsha canllot spell the good effects of the gift made to a Brahmin with wife and children. When a Brahmin indulges in activities prescribed for people of other classes he stoops down beyond panlon and will not get happiness in his life to come. Similarly, a Sudra will not earn higher status or position in the society by indulging in Brahmanic deeds. But according to Sage Parasara it is otberwise.

,,".uqRil@MIQ{~i\ " .. ~ t!6i>ff if'l:

~lq~r..n~l'li'\(~'I1<i\) .alfll~ "I ""oqJfill 'IIt<iql''''I_'II~ !!'!'lflI~'lt;!q I_I. it

~IUI ril!a~(fil iafilf<i(ISfil al"'l~o€I II ~'" II Sloka-Z9. Those desirous of children should not bathe in

tbe sea on Saturdays, lUesdays and Fridays, as also in Rahu Kala or in a Lagna aspected by Rahu and during a Parvan, e.g., Full Moon, New Moon and Sankranti, etc., that is vitiated or probibited. if such a vitiated lunar day has to be adopted, ac­cording 10 some authorities for sea beth, it should be done after an oil bath. sexual union, after a death, hair cuUing and after a pollution.

The vitiated Iunar-days are 4th, 6th, 8th and 14th.

~mij qi'jfdfq~iJ{1I(m;u~) 'lVlt flIit~l$.ll!f-<l~sfq R:~'!I~Sl!~~ f'iN: I

;it ~ fitll~lsfq 6lt~fiiNirUT f;i~'lT~

132

Sloka-30. For the purpose of charitable distribution, holy baths, elc., the lunar day should be taken as the one that is pre­vailing at the time of Sun-rise. For a Bhikshu (religious mendi­cant) it is recommended that be should take his food in the last l/81h portion of the day (i.e., within 3 hours of Sun-set) and should not consume anything in the nighl. This also applies to a widow also-no food at night. She should not even drink water on the Parva Days. She may eat fruits, but not the cooked food at night.

;:;;r) f.l<1f aal"1'f.l<if ~) ~Hl<1l'l!m oPl-f<q.~ ~qf>1'1i<1f 'Ii<1ffll~~ 1!Il~ ~;fiu"1 \

'11~~~' 'I ~lRI~flI"'l{ 'fol<1fl'l.n 'I1l'~",,'IW ~I{~""'!!: 'folilfu ~r·1Ili:rr'l: II H II

Sloka-31. There are two kinds of sons taken in adoption : forever and temporarily. The daughter's son will have double parentage and should offer funeral libations and food in all pious ceremonies to both the families. So has the Sage VaStsla. opined. But Katyayana does not consider it proper on the part of the person concerned to do the Sraddha for both the families. Vyasa has, however, expressed no objection, should the grand­son perform the Sraddha of his maternal grand-father also.

~ ~I{ '1;jq 'l~(ron ~,"r~'4I~ ij-

t;"IQ\ ar.I~1lI ft'lfll;ft ~ ~ld.fi!~1 IiI'IIl. I '1'i!"'''' IiIfq~;i '" mror '!lI",iill-

11m m~iii~1 !! .nlRi'l,,)~(j flo'llt ~l!l-~~<IiI;fil!l!1"'ar.I~ 'Ildl'lttdfill!l \I~ ,II

Sloka-3Z. In the same way Rishi Harita and the sage He­madri say that a man should perform the Sraddha for his own father as well as for his adoptive father . He should join in the Pindas offered to both the fathers. He will also have a share in

133

the properties of both the falhers . In the matter of Sraddha he must adopt the Golra o f his adoptive father, while at the lime of his marriage, he should adopt the Gotras of both the families . Marriage within the mother's ramily is not very much desir· able, as his own mother and his maternal grand-mother are at par with each, i.e., it is the same thing.

'IF{tiliJ\fil! f.lf<\ ~ "¥~iTrllte"l ~'" "IT~r.t fq~>fut ",q"q~ 1!1<t ~M~ I

;;.~ ~~.n"~,, It q[,(,ql<>t '(iIi.q1~~ ~~ ml m~ qf;:: m "llIT" ~lq !Ii!: IInll

Sloka-33. Even if the Nandi Function (initial propitiatory rite performed at the beginning of every auspicious ceremony to please tbe Manes) is performed, the Upanayaoa (the Sacred Thread and Sacred Lore ceremonies) ought not to be initialed, wben there is a fall of Mc.1eors, showers of fire or when the mother is in her menses. But when these things take place afler the primary ceremonial meal of the Brahmachari, the Upanay­ana should not be postponed. The same rule should be observed at the time of one's daughter's marriage, i.e., the father alone, without the mother should not at all give the daughter in mar­riage. Should the mother be dead, the father should do the Upanayana, provided he, the father, has no other disqualifica­tion in him such as of pollution.

'n~T ~Tilir"til >ViI"".i) ~qT ~ illl'i "''''filf'l'll lIil'Ir: ~~"'''I'lT~ I

'1.(lIiR;Q'll'l'llfIl1:IIqI ;ii *'1lfl"I·QI"i1; ~ij ij~~ ~~tt: ql"~ "1~flI i 1I~\Ilr

Sloka-34 . After the Nandi ce rmony at an ope rative Mahurata, the Brahmachari should take his food only with his mother and not alone. Similarly, the bridegroom should always lake his food with the bride after the marriage. The bride-groom should gel his hai r cut and set in the manner which is popular in the fa mily. The sacred fire Kindled at Upanayana is inferio r

134

to the Grihya fire. If the ordinary fire is combined with the sacred fire, the wise should then worship it with the Mantra beginning with tbe word 'Pahi' (Protect) and it sbould not be adorned by other than tbe relatioos.

II!tm ~q'E\li~sfT.R~ ~;i"l<t 41 .n~ lI­.,.1A1.,) 'l!tql<ti 'llftfid\iitl q" ... itl~~1 I

'!VI"'"'" Am ~ ~~itl("I"'-'";ft~"" •• "tdl: 1i~ ... 1i

Sloka-35. When the ordinary fire is followed by the Smarta, bouse-bold fire (Cribya), sprinkle its asbes with tbe chanting of the Mantra. Sanno Devi. and then offer oblations to the Fire with the word, Pahi, etc. When the Grihya fire and the ordinary fire are mixed together before the commencement of the WOf­

ship of tbe marital fire and the Homa, the worship is to be offered to it considering tlJ:e impor1anctl attached to the fires .

'111N1lI fiI~"'I '!~.mr \.ll~I" ~­"I.;;q ql '!WI"tW firf.l<A;<tNIQa ~'1a : I

itl~ o,arll\'il{'R\I"~'l1f~~I!<ii: 1l1'l~!fit ~Q"I!flI"oi ,'Ii .. 'II ~~iI. Ii ~ ~ Ii

Sloka-36. When the fires gel mingled afler the commence­ment of the aforesaid Homa, separate il inlo two parts; and with one, complete The 'Sthalipak' after offering the final obla­tions. The wise say that the ghec should not be lXlurcd with spoon (Sruva) when lhe sacrificial twi~ tied 10 the spoon gel destroyed, it should be kept down and the fire should not be fed by Ahutlies with that spoon. Should the spoon be forgotten, oblations must be offered to the divine Soma.

a«TCt 'If~ m~ i! ~ '1(: Il1I ~ 'lIq:

\,il¢I'l<WlI\iQ K um ""m~ {01: I a~"'llft'!<l" '" !Im-.r.nl i<i qCNlfii;\l

'Ra!'l~~ 't:m l!~ q~0<'lffI: '!Ta~ "~"\I

135

Sloka·37. When a native has lost his wife, he may marry -&lin. but that should be done in the odd years since his wife's dealh. It wiD prove beneficial; otherwise, remarriage in even years will not be auspicious. When a girl anains poverty before ber marriage, her father and brothers, all will become great sin­ners. 'The husband, to be free from sin should not have union witb the wife before she anams maturity.

'I'llfl;qR\<r.l ~Qftal !lilll ''i.''Ii q6: "''Ii, ~!!1ftR\'1' '111,61 "'III>l~,QI fuf~: I

QI!iI'''1:fIir~lill,fi lI<It6i "'\{III'l<I1511i <'{1"'11 'l'ifl(olli1'lilllijftm mr~"'it;ffir~ I 11 ~ c: 11

Sloka·38.1be first lunar Tithi of the .Year (Chailra SukJa Pratipada) should not have Vedha with the previous Tithi (Amavasya), i.e., it should not be vitiated by or rise into the Amavasya. When it ~ happens, it should be rejected. 1be birth of Sri Rama took place at midday on the 9th lunar day and this day is considered as most ominous and bestower of liberation. The Navami which is afflicted (Vedhasahita) by the last por­tion of the Ashtami should be shunned by those who observe the vow and keep fast on this day (It happens on certain days that two Tithis rise in the 24 bours of the day) and worship Sri Rama. Should it fall when the Nakshatra Punarvasu is rising, it will prove very good for his worship.

liI6If«!10111l'IIRW ~~rlil"16 ~: ar61'l1 " R\N~ 'l~f.\~r lI>qllillr 'IOCIdl'!; I

"II"'I~' " q~ ;n ~~~R!I 'lI'I;<fi 'lJ'II Qlli .'lIfqf.\;ft if<!fllllill!l '11'11111"" ~"I q\l1

Sloka-39. The auspicious day known as 'rretadi or begin­ning of the Treta Yuga, or when the birth of PariLsurama is cele­brated is the 3rd lunar day in tbe month of Vaisakha (April­May)-Aksbaya Tritiya. On tbis day the Tritiya Tithi mtist bb at mid-day and should not be crossed by tbe 2nd lunar day. ~or the purpose of Sraddha, etc., the same Tithi should necesss'rily

136

run into the afternoon also. The best of the observances or the celebrations of festivities in memorium of Narasimbav&lara should be done on a Tithi that extends up' to the evening, should it coincide with the Swati Naksbatra it will not be ominous.

"ll~f "'~ ~~ It .i ,,\S\~qtd ijil: ~'f.<!I!{Ut 'lI11l f'l'lll\~'~ ~ 'lit>i r~iJ: I

""'~~ q'il~~: "'~ '~l!iJ ~~ (<t~5q " ",1iI~ "~~r ,,'ijt!lft .~qa I ~ 0"

Sloku-40.ln the Grihya Sulras it is recommended that the Upakarama (Sacred Thread and Vedic Studies) for a new Brah­machari should be celebrated in the Sravana month (August); but Brahmins should not perform it when there is a Sankranti (The Sun lransitting from one sign to another) or an eclipse of Jupiter or Venus. Followers of Yajurveda observe it only on the Purnamasi day; While the followers of Rigveda perform this vow on a day in Sravana Naksbatra ; but those believing in Sarna Veda do it even on a day when the Hasla Nakshatra is there. Now I am going to speak about the Sacred Ashtami, the 8th lunar day, when the birth of lord Sri Krishna is celebrated.

"'i40qilf"lft~lft lfIT.a: Ii"'i\,< !It '''''41{

{If{''I1 ~ Q'i\lTsflI"''''',t ~\'< ,(q , .i'''1 'I I •

~tlfiif.\m'llTt '1R refiniiVl'!q~.t1I-<l!;qt 'Il! ~ 'lii{~ ~ ~ 1:t<~"1 fqt 1,l1ft II ~ \ II

Sloka·41. The 8th lunar day in the dark half of the Sra­vana month is the birth day of Lord Sri Krishna. when it coin­cides with the Rohini Nakshatra on a Wednesday, it proves to be most auspicious and fruitful. The day should fulfil the condition, viz., the Tithi should extend to the midnight and that it should not be vitiated by the preceding Tithi (Saplami).

'It qllffo!aq,,,,qtq'l ';~i !lia!ll~m~uti

1iR\ ~ " f\i~~t;ij ~fa !It ""~It"ll !tift I

137

qi~ '11m Ria: 1li111{f<lf'l i !IT Q.'I1111i!.n 'i~I

III ~1~1\4afili 'R!lal ~I"," ""'~ ~ l! IIVqll Sloka-4Z. Wben the aforesaid Tithi-Ashtami runs beyond

three Yamas (one Yarna = 3 hours) at night, the fast should be broken at the end of either Tithi or the Nakshalra, as it is akin 10 tbe holy Sivaratri. The 4th lunar day in the Bhadrapada, during the bright half of the month, is the best day for the worship of the Lord Gancsa. When the Tithi touches Pancbami and coincides with the Nakshatra Chitra , it is auspicious; but not so praisworthy when it touches the third lithi.

!1"Ql W~~ 'l"lg<ll ;l\ ~!g3,," ~'11 "tIlT( q~!'Ii "Iii'II~~$;\"; ~ 'l~~ I

'1."" >i'I~~ 'l.f.&>~1 ~~ ;m:'III ~"I"'kfiI.n Rm~ !'II "'I'lS'lf''''~!f: IIV~" Sloka-43. The Rishi-Panchami will be very fruilful when

it runs with the Chaturthi, but. not so good if it is connccted with the Shasti Tithi (6th day). Should the 14th Tilhi run into the noon (the bright balf of 8hadrapada), Lord Anant should be worshipped thai day. As it is connected with the Poumima, this day will prove most beneficial. TIle 14th day in the Dark fort­night of Aswini month known as Naraka Chturdasi will bring about great religious merit in those who take an oil bath just when the Moon-rises.

"Iq IflR! liia "'l!oi~i'r lila: ~~!I'!' <;(1;1 <lil:~"l!1ft '~I!;j)&lft.'>r.t.{l"il I

~~ ~{~~"l !'I'~ ~,,~\ttl~~flr: af(q~sl{{rfo1t"'!'Ig.~I.£si~1 ~~~ II\1V"

Sloka-44. An early morning bath on the 4th day of the Bright Fortnight in Magha month is most pious and dear to Adisesha, the lord of Serpents. Similarly, a holy bath on the Ratha Saptami day coinciding with the Anuradha Nakshatra is especia ll y holy to the Sun-God . It is as auspicious and merito­rious as the o ne taken on the occas ion of a crore of Solar eclipses

138

or like the rising of a dozen Suns simultaneously. 1be sacred Sivaratri running at midnight and taking place in the same month will bring about the union with the Lord.

'11-'1 ~" "i!~~ ft;r!ltf1l: III 'IrRt 'II~ ~ 'l<'f!<Jl! ft;rtqfa: rt~*.(: ~1<'il sr<'\ltsf.r~'!. I

\itsfii ~I<l; f%g",/f l \l~ 11i8S\\1tii \1\1:

iI.m.;1 It 'l{1f.ilJl f'I/t >1%"1-'1 'Iii,!,""''!. 11~"'11 Sloka·4S. In the Magha (month), the 14th lunar Day (in

the Dark Fortnight) is known as Siva Tithi -sacred to Lord Siva and also called Maha Sivaratri. Every month also, this 14th day is dear to Lord Siva. Therefore, his devotees should offer their

• adorations to Him as well as to the Divine Mother at dusk. This will bring about glorious results. Similarly, every day, there is a period of three Muhurtas i.e., a period o f 2 hours and 24 minules, soon after the setting Sun touches the mountain peak and it is sacred to Lord Siva. Pradosha is the lime just when the Su n sels. Lord Siva, there fore, should be worshipped daily at that time. On the Sivaratri-day, a period of 2 Ghatika (48 minutes) at midnight is ca lled Mahanisa·Great night. Every night, a period or 2 Ghatika at midnight is known as Maha·Nisa.

Cr. Pradosbstotra shtaka of Seandpuran.

"-'I~.~ .. q~ <r.r 'l<ii\ ~;:1~ at ~ 'till ~I!!~ Q<'«i " .m~ t'l1<r ~"""~ I

~'ir '11Ft q{;r ;nr", '< ~ !ll'~"'I~~[I~~ \1'1 ~1I~'1~1 qf<:: -.;itttll ~l1;~ ijllOT II~ ~ 11

Slokn·46. When Ekadasi docs not fall on two days, the Dwadasi should be observed on the very next day. But w~en it falls on 2 days, ascetics and widows should observe it on the 2nd da y. Although a dual Tithi does not exist on the 2nd day, yet it is ca lled one such, i.e., Ekadasi--cum Dwadasi. Hence only the 1st day, viz., Ekadasi will predominate. Dwadasi is considered best only when it is uncontaminated .

f.!I;:r 'tr['l~f~!l'" '1«11 ~<m:~ 'I!lrq ,,~.qt Q!loiM 'Ii~!lf.la ij'-'ll<'R "1{1Il" I

*«I(.u14\iqa q~ ~~"""'1fr.n 'It [I~I : 'I{atsfii QT qRMI QT QT'I;ft", ~:"V""

139

Sloka·47. When Ekadasi is contaminated by Owadasi, it is deadly like poison; and only on the following day, Dwadasi should be accepted for the fast, although strictly speaking it is no Ekadasi. It is advisable to break the fast the day after that (Dwadasi)-Ihis view is held by the Vaishnavas. They believe Ihal Ekadasi should be free from Vedha (contamination) by Owadasi and the 1st meal of Dwadasi should be taken by the wise aficr the Dwadasi is over.

!l\a ~qta q",ta It a~ q<'.nr.~<i; ar~ 'I~ 'I1(i!Uqra ntf1l~it ij'lm;<i; <w.it~ 1

nit ~'l(ll1'f~a It f.!Ifta ~ <reis,qft-IT ~11<i \i~fiW~~ .5: ijiji ,,~ 'I "'''''.lql~ IIvell

Sloka·48. Should there be a Solar Eclipse on a certain day, the Annual Sraddha ceremony should not be pc rfonned on that da y. On the contrary should the Moon be totally eclipsed . the Sr:u.ldha may be obscrved on the same day, because the edipse and ot hcr rituals connecting with it take place at night , so for as the Sraddha is concerned it is quite different, as it is pcrfonned during day-time. Where the Shastras are doubtful , the convention adopted by the majority be followed.

~41i1<Q~q'J'li1\t! ~~I ""~ 'I ;fT!3lfi1~-'I1~11T ~~"~I f.lq~~ {fi"1 f{"'''Rq"" I

'-lT~ 'IT",qftf';j;ql qr~ ~";~!3", ;mtlll-

11T161~f.\~: 'It i! .~ qRi\ f.!I~: IIV~II Sloka-49. Pollution i.e. Sutaka , will not affect the con­

cerned Brahmins till the functions are completed, regarding the marital rituals and sacrificial ritcs, once the Nandi -S rnddha

140

and the initiation ceremony respectively are perfo nned. A:;,

regard the Sraddha ceremony, there is no pollution once the cooking is completed or is taken up. Similarly in a Sacrifice, when a Brahmin is sprinkled wilh the hol y water for initiation, he will not be affected by the pollution. In fact tbe actual sac­rifice commences only afterwards with tbe chanting of the Sacred Texts.

1Il~): «",q~fiI," 'H'I Ifti 1'I1(o"f'lQI!l!ll ;i '!!Jlm ..mt~"l," iI ~fta 1iI"!1 ,,~;fl flIiql I - .

f.\"Wl! ~~'lT f( fq~{lI1 qi!f'tillilf It !I-,it.) Ill'! ~,1i1iqlRi.floN;;illr~;j; ~r.~ II~ oil

Sloka·SO. As given in the Scriptures, the lunar month wherein there is no solar transition from one Rasi to another (Sankranti) is called Mala Masa, the Adhika Masa or the extra month. As such sacrificial and tbose riles which are connected with the Manes (Sraddha) are forbidden in this month. During this period only the regu lar and mandatory religious duties should be observed by the wise. 60 days go to make this month only the monthly Sraddha may be performed but nol the annual ones or the sacrifices and such other rites concerning the Deities.

RI't,..t ~~ ~~: u~f.\l;!mU: ~-~~<l. oiln \~<it5'1 '«a: \.1: qn: ~S~~ I

'l.~1 m~ ~{l !Iii!'1q: q!llI""~~I: ~iI: '{.'!1 '"~ .. .n\'Cu: ~iI',fI T'lIlti! im~8 II~ til Sloka-5L Ten Ghatikas be fore and ten aft er the Sa nkranti

are auspicious in the Mesha month; sixteen Ghaikas before the Sa nkra nli, in the Vrishabha month; sixteen Ghatikas aft er the Sankra nti, in Milhuna; Thirty Ghatikas before the Sankrantj in Ka laka; sixteen Gbatikas before the Sankranti in Simha ; six­teen Ghatikas afte r the Sa nkranti in Kanya ; len Ghatikas be­fore and after the Sankra nli in Tula ; s ixteen Ghatikas be fore the Sa nkranti in Vrischika ; s ixteen Ghatikas after that in Dhanus; forty Ghalikas afler the Sa nkranti in Makara; sixteen Ghatikas before tba t in Kumhha and sixteen Ghatikas after the Sa nkranti in Meena.

141

Note: Madhava believes it to be 20 Ghatikas after the Sa nkranli in Makara .

c r. Narad~ also the Nimayasindhu ..

11;" f.I!~ ~ alii ~, [I 'Ii<lfoiiltl f!Rl,",f<q~ f~ anq 'It ~~ ~"', I

ln~Ifd.I'(" ~ !l~qF.t'll "Il~ \~ ,. ar~;qqlif.~f"~l a~~ q{lI. II '\ ~ II

Sloka-52 . Only one saluta tion shou ld be offered to the Gods; While two salutations 10 each of the sages and three 10 each of the Manes. Single salutation shou ld be offered to a woma n (as per rule). To the mother and to all other women of her rank three salutations should be offered. As a general rule it should be observed in Sraddha. For Vaiswadeva Homa, sepa­rate cooking should be arranged.

'{II"! a'){II~I1I~F.!a 'Ii'< ~ ij\qf'ltl;r. tii'l~l;[li!lF.!qlll(qr li'Iit f'lQ;6QI(fu I

" !lql~qq)!il IIlqlaQr ¥Iii) I1IQ'tl{m-

f!il1llf7.:!il 'i i! lifq qld. q~Q(')~'i"l is.qr~''II". ~1I Sloka-53. The funeral libation of water must not be of­

fered on the bare ground or into an iron or bronze vessel. The thumb and the fore· finger are to be combined 10 beckon the Manes. 'The remaining fingers should be used piously to offer the rice or food on the ground. The same rule is applied while orrering known as Cbitra which is observed when one begins to eat. This should not be consumed on any account by himself or by any body else.

lit!!! a{ """~"6q>:'n'llfil;j; a<4if,,-: UT'Illft 'I ¢lga;l1'1!l6 I

~.Q(r(l~ ~"it "6T~!1lI Q.q""<"(f~ ~ .-ql(r,,~ IIOsiiI \WIII\ ~~ ~ II,\VII

142

Sloka-54. When offering food to Ihe deities who rule over the five vital Airs (Prana, Apana, Vyana, Udana and Samana) before one begins to take his food, the particles of food should be taken (1) with the thumb, middle and fore-fingers for Prana Ahuli (offering to thc first vilal Air); (2) with the thumb, middle and ring fingers for Apana Ahuti; (3) with the thumb. ring and little fingers for Vyana Abuti; (4) with the thumb, little and the forefingers for Udana Ahuti and (5) with all thc fingers for Samatla Ahuti. Thereafter one should eat the meal silelltly. On the wedding day, both the bride and the bridegroom should keep fast at night.

iII!.II't.{::;:1~ '1 ~qijfu~ ill .n;r'll'ltfil~ 'l1;{t'lI::;:11<l ~~f<3<1(f~N;fr,f<'«l(ij~ 'tlQ I

~1) ill ~qqRt~""lSij~ 'I afl1l't. toilS-

. 'W{l::;:a 3Il't)'l.{a~~ 'Ilitl ':ii'll 'If<;: 1.",,11

Sloka-55. A person whose father is alive while pcrronn­ing the Nandi-Sraddha should not mention the names of the fore-bears with tbeir particulars and sbould not offer sesamum seeds, but he sbould mention his Gotr.l ; or be himself may perfonn the Nandi for his paternal grand-father and others. Wben the mother has to stay out due to her menses, the auspi­cious rite of marriage should not be proceeded with even ir the Nandi is perfonned.

uffI '''~I!," fi\~lq "{I!~ (q~~~ 'tl~ \II1~ql"'i'lI\l.1lJq ~ ~ ~: I ~ ill ~ 1AQ~q~ 1A<iIi"ll '1 datf.r.ft ., . ~

~~"I'i'il!ql~IIPl~<l: m i!i0G;'l ij"ll"

Sloka-56. When there is Sraddha, the Slthalepaka Homa must be observed thus: Divide the duration of the night (Ratri­mana) into 30 parts and leave oIT the las t two. The aroresaid Homa should be perfonned within the first 28 parts, provided there is 110 Amavasya that night. Should the day happen to be Amavasya and the girl is still issueless. the Darsa Homa should

143

be performed and sacrifice should be offered on Sankramana al so.

iii'!I(~1<"~: §{~fiI\\I1'~'IT{1:~iit ;nfil1:;n~q't"'l"'1rq ~, ti& gfiiOl!II '

oW ~lq(l~ I!lIIAA """-, ~tI\f.lrit ""~<1I'i!'IT~ ~~ "'~~ lIift, "".""

Sloka-S7. When lhe wife of a native is pregnant he should not perform the Chaula or tonsure ceremony of his SOD. nor should he have his own hair cut. He should also not build pil­lars or lay foundation. or start conslruccion of bouses. 1be pregnant lad y should not take a sea bath, nor go on a long journey. On the occasion of a child birth; on Amavasya day; all soul's day; on the occasion of a death in the family; on the first day; fourth amid the last days of the month, a wise man should perform his daily Vaiswadeva Homa as recommended by the experts in the four Vedas.

<:;l ql~" ~i1S1<:;" .. ~,~ Q!(1"l<\,t ~ !I,iIi .... qr<:; ~~ 'IT~ i1~: Q~ ~ "l~ ,

<iliis,.ql"!1f.1i("~iID~f.t~ .. ,~,'~ mil. I {qul~ ".,ii, "I !I" uN~ ~~,,1f.1 Il1lfu<ffl"".CII

Slok8-S8. The offering of Tilodaka (sesamum) water is of primary importance in Amavasya, thereafter comes tbe Maha­Jaya in the order of importance. There after, it should be of­fered o n the day of death. If the Sapindakarana, i.e., bringing together the piod or. one with those of tbe predecessors. has alread y been effected then tbe Amavasya offering and the one in the Pitrapaksba should botb be performed in tbe very first year itself.

"The wise should avoid tbe following seven things when they are bathing in boly waters or visiting the sbrines. (1) Argbya or offering holy water; (2) tbe rule regarding tbe use of fingers while coMuming food (3) the difference in Vedic Sakhas (4) the query about the satisfaction of Manes (5) Scattering food to

144

the unknown dead (6) invocation of the dead souls (7) . offering oblations into the Sradba fire . This applies to SankaJpa Sraddha also.

<rnIliI~ 't ~'IIi~!f~11it ~ 't !!II!! " J;{lil"lq,,~: iit'f'l~ IIlallilfoll"iit I

mt ~~!1'Ilgl! ;r.I~Rttt<l ... ", <'i"1fIl!5 IIIq;:.jtS[q !!(f: Q<i\ l! il 'Ift\: ...,1 ft ;J1Ill~lI""'"

Sloka-59. A man should perfonn Sraddha for the wives of his father as he will do for his father. Similarly, he should do it for his own wives, elder brothers, paternal uncles and mater­nal grandfather (Le. the father of all the wives of his fathe r). Oblations should be given 10 Aupasagni or the marital fire and those of the Sraddha, to the ordinary or lokika fire . Even the son of a co-wife is a son and he is entitled to perform the Sraddha of a wife belonging to another caste and so the hus­band should not perform it.

,,~: ~I'I: « >il(;l~ «iisfq ~ ~r;t",: ~<r~~' ,,~ ~, >l!!l mft 1!Ilr;"". I

fo,,(dl l! 't ~f!I1Ift 1fl'!<fl;j\q af1iotlt>a: m 1!Il"""" oR fqq!Col~ AI oR ~1Ii't II~.II Sloka·60. Should one of the own brothers have got sons,

all of them should be considered to have children as far as the question of Shraddha is concerned. Should one of them alone be married, that wife stands in the position of a wife. with re­spect to all of them for the purpose of Sraddba but it will not be so with respect 10 her own sons, brothers and father. If a woman whose husband is alive but has no sons, if dies, or if a .widow dies, according to some, the function of uniting ber with the Manes is to. be done soon after tbe Sapnidakarana ceremony; whereas, others believe tbat it should be done on the occasior of tbe first death anniversary.

."' ... ,~! ~'Il1['ij'l<l""'iq' ~ *,,~l\ ""t 't1i~~ ... ~ .. r~ Nil! fiRlsfit [>l'l: SOli I

ar.S! 'I qfuq~,~ra!!'l~li"~<i '"~­tq.nqjf~oF~ r~~"" a~(~~'I. II ~ \ II

145

Sloka-61. In the annual Sraddha for the mother when ghee is applied 10 the Pinda of tbe mother, should at that time Ca­ther' s Pinda break away tbe Sraddba should be perfonned over again. the left over food and the portion on which the holy waler has been sprinkled by the priest, should not be discarded, bul be consumed or be buried in the ground for the first tWI"'

years and thereafter it s hould be burnt.

1i,~S"l«;;ltl!lit i'! .. tiI.1 'If ;i\q"'\i.tr., ... ~rali\ ~ ira Ii "" '""l~"ra ... ,iii .... , !li~ I

.. ,., oiIf.\! ~",,4i'I1'ti~ "{oil >r.tl-~ 4i1'1~ ~M~ q(ll' dij~ r .. ,,: Ii. ~ \ \I

Sloka-62. A man who does not unite with his wife who has bathed after her menses and who is full of sexua l desire, inspile of lying with her, is guilty of destroying a child in the womb. On the contrary, if a woman, artcr her menses, does not unite with her loving husband. she will repeatedly be born among hogs. dogs, wolves and jackals. As such the couple must have sexual pleasure leading to the birth of a noble son who will in the end take them across the ocean of this mundane life.

{T",~"~~~~(II '!<1 ~"""I!'1i H!:

~1IIf ... 1",. 11;'1 ;Uqfi!'1il q""'~~~~N I

311 ""~lJlI'!l!l!q .. !.i'''' 'I!/ij 'I,/ij;;![<i

","!~~HHll!~ ~"a " ~'!FI{IJ. II !\~ II Slokn-63. There are fo ur factors responsible for the men·

st ruation in women, viz., (1) great passion; (2) disease; (3) age and (4) food or some medicine takell. or all these causes the one based upon age is most important. The menses last till the

146

age of 50 yeaTS. They generally start by the age of 18 years and continue for 3 days every month. If in anyone month they reappear before tbe lapse of 18 days, they are not considered dangerous or polluted.

~'Ilq~~rt<li

~r~S'~ ~S"IfI!lf.mf{aft 1 iIl{f~ ~il~ "i!1!~"iI 'Iro wi d« "'Ia~ ~q"it ~~ o'llf<l on ~~f<!."~\/II

Sloka-64. Some people believe that when menses reap­pear before 15 days they do not cause any pollution; but when they appear in the 3rd weak (15 to 21 days) care should be taken for 2 days. On the first day of her menses, the woman is like a Pariah woman; on the second. a hater of Brahmins: on the 3rd, like a washcawoman and on the 4th day, she is pure for her personal affairs; but on the 5th day, she is perfectly clean and pure and has full freedom for sexual ad, provided there is no other physical ailmen!.

~ilt ~" !! (~) tf11~ >Jq(<R<I.n"qq "'~I<!. 3011 '![(~'ft~,"),~'I," ~ il"l~"il >.lt~ " q~ ... 'q I

;i"~~",,, ~~ !t"~~ ii1q ra~~it~ lre~lII"~"I1<ft'l1,,<1iQ~t~f'i

Sloka-6S. A newly wedded man, having a channing wife. who has al the same time a sacrifice 10 perfonn or observe his birth-day, or a Sraddha or a PaNa day, such as, Amavasya, Sankranti, etc., be sbould not have sex with his wife on such occasions. If he has , he should immediately take his bath with his clothes on, and should apply sesamum seeds to clean his body. On such occasion he should also avoid the sight of dead bodies, climbing high mountains, going 10 holy rivers and worship of gods.

:;uq'I!I!tIJ'I'lwm;i; d <.I!~~n­:;fi~~~~liT 'l(I.3f~1 ij~l~tC{t~~ I

147

1iI@Il@llN '" ~ 'lra~ rquU«(;j F/T-

~;mq U1I~ ol\'ti<I. (I ~ ~ (I

Slok.a~". Avoid perfoming the Upanayanam ceremony twice within a period of six moIdhs, i.e., if (here are two chil­dren for whom the sacred tbread ceremony is to be observed it should be done either simultaneously or after a lapse of six monlbs. Also avoid old and broken pots, repairing or thatching t~ roof, sweeping tbe floor. etc., in the house, hair cut for himself and the Brabmachari. But on the day of death. he can observe the Sraddha where Pindas are oHered; be may also perronn tbe Kripa Sraddha for Ihe foresaken dead. But he must not go to Gay. for the Sraddha of his falber, etc., for it will bring him sin.

'f.i\' <~'1~~~"t '1l1'.~ ~;{i .. i'llit I

<1\lI ~ ~ ~II'lRq <'t~ ;rq a~t .-t '" ll'iiWllqlil'll !lif'~'''''OlljllfUt II ~19 II

Sloka-67.A Brahmin should fix the Sacred Thread to the right ear, when auending the filSt call of nature. During the day time, he should go to the edge of • lank or river and wash the genital orgal!, at night, be should pour water over or wet it. The genita ls and the right hand (after the 2nd call of nature) should be cleaned with mud, while the left hand with thrice as much earth as before, lbcn again both the hands should be washed with double the quantity of mud thereafter, the anus, with five times the quantity of mud, the other three limbs again, with double that quantity.

I!il~ ~'Ilil' <'l ~ ~4(ijj64: ~ "~'m: 4ilA ,"(i"~ <n<iltl ( ~ ""ligui !I~ '" fiIt-I ~ iI ~

q'I!Mt; (I q G I(

Sioka-'S. After tbe inter..couI'SC or urination, etc., a man sbQuld wash the various private parts as follows:

148

(1) the genital organs. sbould be cleaned, thrice (2) the anus should be cleaned, six times (3) each of the hands, ten times

(4) again the anus. once (5) the palms, the back of the bands, twice or thrice (6) the thighs and the loim, twice or thrice

(7) when there is mere loss of vitality it should be washed, twice.

1bese rules should be observed regarding washing after urination during the day time alone. During night the above should be halved; and if it is during a journey, it should be reduced to a quarter.

tmii"'~IiI~;R ~~'i.~ .... )a;(~I'IIIir.i: ;j;'~ ""'~ 'I<muriil<t m ~~ I

'ift~~w;rn ,{I~ .. Ij::·~eq .. q: 1'IT~1 ~ qfll~~~ .. <til ~ijft.r.i<llil .. a: I' !\, 11

Sloka-6'. This washing process for a Brahmchari should be double of that of a bouse bolder, it is three times as much for the Vanaprasthas (tOOse living in the forest) and four times for ascetics. By a holy bath only tbe oimment, sandal paste, etc., should be cleaned in the case of women, those Sudas that are observing some vow, Bmhmacbaris, urchins and un-educatcd ignorant rustics. The body sbould not be abandoned in water, as there are crores or Ymhas or boly rivers or lakes in it.

~'11 1{flt "'.~ " film mS1( iJ ... ,~ tf'lltll"'IIH!II lRI'I {t .. ~ i!'1'i ~: I

'11tr ·{"",", iJ ~~ ~ .. ~ flI~ f.I~ ~ w.i fiR~ ~I II"" II

Slqka-70. The Gods drink the offerings with their heads; the manes through their mouths, tbe yaksha with their bellies or waists; those who have narrow lower lips and other little creajures, with their bellies or lower parts or their bodies. The water offered on the left side is as good as blood, while that on

149

the right side is as holy as that of tbe Ganges. The washing of the hair with water alone is a useless exercise.

~ 1{,,~qq!lf ~, ;j\qSl!g~Rl~' qe'" 'ITfii Iq:;illlll~lI!PJ <il~ '1~1 I

rnt ft<;'" '<'it '" ....... 1 'lUI ~~(O;q~-<!!Ii 'lRqd(l\iJtql'~"lfij 1119! II

Sloka-7t.Aftcr taking food and passing water, excreta and vitality, a person should gargle his mouth with water 108 times. In the months of Milhuna, Karkaia and Simha, all the rivers are said to be impure as a woman in menses. Therefore, a bath in these months sbould be a.voided. Should one have ii, he must purify himself with a bath in the sea (at the mouth of a river). ~. '" ,.~. ~ ~,,,, a,,.!l\ll,, (liilil«'l'lltr q~ .. , . .

tit' iPIl ~ '" aoioq '" I ~ " .. ;ftq~ fqqait ail' ~ iWl ~:

am lIlaft ~"'~iII<::II ... (ii ¢il! ~ II 1115,11 Sloka-72.0n religious occasion'> connected with Gods a

Pavitra-Symbol of purity-made of Darbba grass, copper, silver or gold should be worn in the band. One made of gold should be worn in the ring finger. All these are good for the worship of Gods and not thai oC Manes. Also it should not be used by a man whose Cather or elder brother is living.

IIIQ;l' ~e'i'lQl ~i\ lI"ll Q~S-q "'1-so!"'l~ ~ !IRma: w<.~\l 6(;'\;16'>'I1>1'1l ,

Ol''n 1Si(~"i m!il<'l'l m~«le,!'ir. ~ eilif<1l(~ 6&ui ~~ ad '"'' <f<I~~Ifi;~~'I. .1,19 ~ , I

Sloka-73.0n the day the Sraddba of the father or mother falls, a man should say the Gayatri Mantra at least 10 limes at dusk as well as during Ihe Cortnightly and olher holidays 28 times; on an auspicious day, a thousand times, or 500, 300 or -

150

128 limes at least. On Sankranti, etc., when the annual cere· mony of Sraddha also [aIls, first, tbe Pilm Tarpana or waler­offerings should be made aDd then alone, the annual Sraddha .

"'~ <ft,j'(q,qC,,,q~q'9i i'I~~ q'(§; .... U"' a.~'l .. ,~4; I

'o;il ~ .' ~ -'-'-54dl .liO{ '1(I~qdl \4SS ...... 111li: !! ... Oli"l

lIItI: ""auf'll: ~l!<Iiw.-~t"'·"Ii~ q'iU"~ ""Vii Sloka-74. During all kinds of Sradhas, viz., Tirtlla, Sradha,

Gaya Sraddha, the Mahalaya or Asbtalca Sraddba and the annual Sradha. a man s hould give Tarpaoa with sesamurn seeds in the after­noon when the Tithi is longer. This holds good in case of monthly Sraddhas also or even if there i1 some Vriddhi or child birth at home, the monthly Tarpana with sesamum seeds s hould be given .. A man whose father is alive but who is performing the Srnddba orrus mother, i.e., the funeral rites of his JDOtbr;r. should not give the Tarpana o r libatioll. As a rule one should bathe in the morning and being pure, offer the Tarpana according to tbe rule and there aflcronly do his daily sa ndhya, worship, etc.

1I1/.l'~ ta~"«I,,",f.lRl(d"'~ "{­'lFiR,;~,,~~~ rutdJiIiiI"",q'l) tr.t: I

om '1d,,~<!q,Of ~ m:41al~ .q ta~: lR!~ " 11'IT~ dq~ ~ ~.q~",'t f'lf'I: ill9'\l1 . '

Sloka-7S. After performing the annual Sraddha , a Brah­min s hould offer tbe daily Tarpana, do his usual Vaiswadeva Homa with rice specially woked for that purpose and then pcrfoml tbe daily Brahma Yajna. At a marriage. Upanayana. o r Chaula. the annual Sraddba should not be pcrfonncd with stS­

amum seeds. In the Pretasraddha, as well as the Gaya Sraddha, ir darkness sets in, it should be believed that tbe two luminar­ies are together present.

«ao'lf {f.I'I1«~ ~ a' i<t1fu~ .. ~.~ ~ 'lI~gll"'\! \IOol~t\ qql'l''I l'' I

151

'Wql"l(l'll,,>iI~'nr~ ij'lT i' tS1!~ ;fl ,,~ QlR iil.~f;;fq i?<!i~F.!f fa ,,~,~;jj 'It"'''- IIIS~ II

Sloko-76.A man should offer Tarpana or libation with scsa mum at home to the lumina ries when a Sunday concides with the 71h lunar day and his own birthday. He who wishes for prosperity should not take the bath with earth and offer Pindas and sesamum 011 Sundays, Fridays and Tuesdays when coni'· d de with the Slar Magha or with the fiftb or ninth (Nanda Tilhis I , 6 and ll ) lunar days or with Aswini. Bhami. Krittika or Mrigasiras and when the two Ayanas start.

>IT'lTlITl !(O\~ ~F.!1>'f ~ ,,)q ~ Rl~qir ~~ ~\T O~l !Itt~ ~>iI "~d\l I

'I.~~! ~~e\l<'''''!l~I~I<tI~: ~~ "1_1'~ca~'I: ~ 'Ii<'5~~ ~II( \i'lf foI: II"ISII

Sloka-77. Write down Om, Ihe sacred Syllable denoting the Goddess Saraswali and draw under it len vertical lines crossed

OM

Mccna Mcsha Vrish Mithun 12 +1 2 3

Aqua Kalak 11 4

-j-

Makar Simha 10 5

+ Dhanu Yrisb Litera Virgo

9 8 7 6

152

by ten horizontal Jines, the squares so formed by the even (2nd, 4th, 6th and 81h) columns and similar sets of rows (ignoring the four such squares round the ce ntral one) are the 12. in number. TIley signify the 12 Rasis from Mesba onwards. Now onwa rds I shall deal with the funct ions o f the twelve Bhavas reckoned from the Lagna onwards for the wise to evaluate their several effects .

~(, I'i !I(if: U'li q.fil. "''IT .'lTS: fil.l ~qj," .... ~ ~,,'i q~~l it~1 !I{\' 98"1{ I

'l'l'f"o<'I'i ~ !l8i! '<If.l~''r.I''il 'l~ ~I 'lOltllw.:'<l~fH\"I"il'!l~~i1 ;m~1: II 111<: II

Sloka-78. The 12 Bhavas denote (1) body (2) wealth (3) brother (4) happi ness (5) son (6) foe (7) wife (8) longevity (9) father (to) profession (11) income and (1:2) loss. All the plan­ets aspect the 7t h with a full glance; whereas, Saturn, Jupiter and Mars are peculiar in that they also aspect the 3rd and 10t h, the 51h and 9I:h and the 4th and Blh respectively with a full gla nce. (SL-ll-17 1/2, 18 1/2 supra)

!I~ ijq~{1flr~"1q(lq.~,q>iiq~·~ ~1I1: m<q: ",;::qfi\ , ~>l '! r~~IRI ~)SOl~ ;iI'I!'~ I

<Oll~ ~~~~'l'I1 !I~'l{fq'ql!l " I'II'!at

~liRli 'f.iilq.it~llq~ "I'~ .... qllft~{ : II III~ II Sloka-79 .All the benefics, when they own the Trikona

Bhavas, prove auspicious if they occupy the 3rd, 2nd. 11th and Kendra houses. A benefic owning a Kendra will not givc fa ­vourable resulls. On the contra ry, a malefic owning a Kendra will not prove inauspicious. TIIC lords of the 8th and 12th Bhavas counted from the Lagna. if in association or mutually occuping each other's houses. produce effed s as detai led below: The lord o f the 8th gives good results, and the lord of the 12th augurs fortune.

Iilsir ~'I! ~q, ;Jill !1~fi'la' ~IN'" 'l1;J~' ~" qn",~qf?; lIat 1lI0l5oi\ "nit I

153

!,fl\lT{ifi " 5>t1 R1!1{ ~~~ ~:mfil~ .... ~, '{'!1~11{ qaf"ililUJqffl<mlt~<'% ~ ~iIia: II c- II

Sloks-80. When one of the two planets stated above, i.e., owning the 8th or the 12th, happens to own the ugna also, be will prove auspicious. Jupiter and Venus whey tbey happen to own tbe Kendras become malefic and if they be also occupying the Manka (2nd and 7th) places, they become Marakas or killers. Mercury, if similarly situated, will as much prove fatal. The Moon and the SUIl, when they occupy or own the 8th, will not prove Marakas. Mars who is also known as AR if happens to own the 4th as well as the 9tb (Simha Lagna) or 5th and 10lb will prove auspicious and this will no t be applicable if be owns only one of the sa id two Bhavas.

Note: Consider the natives born with Kumbu. Tula or --Mesha Lagna. Even when Saturn, Venus and Mars respedively own the 8th or tbe 12tb (Dussthanas). they prove auspicious to the man concerned.

Consider Mars as owner of the 10th Bhava in Mesha Lagna Chart and that of Venus in the 7th for Thla Lagna. Hl!re tbe lords of the respective Lagnas occupy the Kendra positi.on and cast full glance on the Ascendant. Mars occupying Makara in Mesha Lagna cuts the longevity of the native~ though be is occupying the most powerful of the kendras with full Oigbala yet is in a disadvantageous position to the 8th house. Th.is be· comes worst when Mars and Saturn are devoid of any benefic aspect. In this position Mars is creating a very strong Alpayury· oga·vide III 8, rule I , supra .

Similarly, for the TIlla Lagna natives Venus is moot ma­lefic, tor longevity, Venus like Mars, when devoid of a benefic aspect, becomes a strong case for Alpayuryoga. The reason beillg (1) Venus's position in the 7th singly and (2) Venus aspecting the ugna as lord of the 8th·vide 10·8, rule I , supra. Remember, the two luminaries when owning tbe 8th do not prove fa tal c:f IV-25 supra.

~~i!l(d' qft'lRlftalitit ~I(:~ .

l!Ilat a''''''1\lftI~' .oi'1<IT ~~r~ilU1"'U: I

154

,iI a ;:;~ ~\I'Ii{ftal";:;;qqr a 9"': a1 ~rq ~[1lij1 !J~ \I'I("1I!l~u( 51" II <: t II

Sloka..Jl. Rahu and Ketu (Dark Planets) when possessed of strength are as effective as the planets owning an inauspi­cious Bhav. and in whose bouse they are posited or with whom they are associated. The lords of tbe Kendras and Konas, if not associated with the two nodes, produce good results. The result will be contrary, if they be otherwise. These two nodes in spite of their malevolent character become auspicious by virtue of their position in certain Bhavas or conjuction with certain planets.

at III qil: dfUt "'~s<i1 '''It>ll\ldl 'IT fm1 om ~ RiII~qfa'l1 ilTq~ ~RII;: 1

~ 1l~ •• ~ .. 1 "q\ll \I~·\II;:;q ~lfq~"t\11 i'fi.~ iIT1I4t1{ II <: It II

5Ioka·82. When one of the two, Rabu and Ketu, and tbe lord of. Trikooa occupy the 9th or the 10th, or if one of them be in the 9th and the other in the 10th or vice versa, the yoga will cause prosperity to the man concerned. Even the associa­tion of eitber of these with the lonl of a Kona will prove auspi­cious. In such a situation., the Dasas of these two Dark Planets as well as of those associated with them will prove auspicious. When an inauspicious planet associates with either of the .Nodes having some sort of Sambandba, the Bhukti of the Yoga Kar­aka planet will prove adverse.

~ i! {IljIm ~q'n.l1 ~iltilts'l'll (I."iI~ !Jd~ ffi\"I'lfd'll ~ II

IlQ"iliIlqdj ~ {i>.l~.m <I'I;q~I"~ 'IT

~ ~~ ~{l!I 'U!qlillli 1111" a~~.: II <:~ II

Sloka-13. Rahu and Ketu, the two dark planets, become auspicious when they are posited in a Trikona or Kendra posi­tion, or wben tbey are associated with the lord of that particular Kendlll or Kona Bhava they are occupying. Tbey ptove also

155

beneficial when tbey associate with the lords of any Kndra or Kona Bhava. WIlen the lord of the 9th owns the 8tb or 12th 15

well, or if the Ionl of the 9th and 10th in the above poaition were to "sssociale with tbe lords of the SIb or the 12th. thea. tJae merit of the Yap is destroyed. 1be 8th BhaVI is known as die bo... of Iongevily.

lit tI~a ~j\tMq~ " a~: ",,'qr(lIMr~~1 I

• <"RlI5~qr "lllIll'l'l.IllR ~ "qr<il*qqrql ~i

I \Ir"rllll~,q 'II II ~\I II Sloka-84. The 8th Shay. counted from the SIb bouse also

denolet longevity, the 12th place reckoned from each of tbese, i.e., the 2nd and the 7th £rom Ascendant are the MIl1lU bonys. The planet occupying the 2nd house from its lord is • malefic. During tbe Dasa of sucb a malefic planet or in tbe Dlsa of tbe planet owning the 12th bouse itse~r will the native suffer the grealest crisis of his life.

~.t>\"(~ '" ... ~~: qrqr~1 ~ "~HI 1!T{~5liI' 11'<:;1 ""(I~\I(A: I

r.at\lmll ~iI1 'l'1t ~: 'Ii<!1I. ~rtq ~ ~, lt~ \tIfflfurli \I~ ~ '-"'i~a' 'lifl. ~~II

Sloka-8S. Of all the planets Saturn alone bas the power to kill tbe native, even in tbe Bbukti of a benefic or in his own Bhukti during tbe Dasas of malefics, provided he is associated with the lord of the 8th or the 12th boW)C or is a.ssocialcd with a Manka (death inflicting planet). All planelS sbow in their own Bhuktis effects whicb are natural to them or to those plan-. cIS with which they are associated.

<I! .~ ~ r::~I~;U'llIit'iIl~!!,,~ ~ . ~!~ oil~<!!I''11 ~~ r::~" 'Ii,ilt'lll'l!!nq oil I

(I~t ,~: 'll" ~ It 'll,j ,,~'ltl!iir ~: i~at '""'~'1(l!! ~ ",,)rrl!! ''It>l<ll II ~~ II

156

Sloka~86. The resulls of the Bhukties of other planets who may be inimical to the Dasa lords, will have to be computed ae· cording to the nature of those planets (Bhukti-Iords). Even in the Dasa of the lord of a Kana the Bhukti of the lord of a Kendra need not be auspicious; but it will be auspicious when the said lord of the Kendra has Sambandha with the henefics. But in the Bhukti of a Maraka planet the result will have to be assessed from the planet or planets with whom he is associated.

if;!;: 'Il'I""'" ai~"qRl !11~ '" 6'l!'lIal ~qU"'''''' S;(fqfq q It li\ipw: 1!I1!1i11 I

11'0'\ ti'tT'l>i'!~: 'l!1!'l>'!'\ I!l1at aq:@fi;~ 6*.i~1tTa'\ ~{l~U~1 ij_'II~I;jI,\ W{. 11':19 II

Sloka-17.1be Bbukti of a malefic planet may prove aus­picious due to his Sambandha with the aforesaid planet Being good equally both the Yogakarakas and the planets associated with them give good effects in their Dasas and Bbuktis. A Yogakaraka planet will have tbe strength of doing good in his Dasa and during the Bhulcti or anotber planet, though tbe later may not be having any Sambandha with il. Rahu and Ketu prove auspicious in their Bhulctis during the Dasas or benefies when tbey conjoin with such planets.

m '" ~ tQIlf{aI11'4"ill 'IlfiI;l't: qlql~1 ~!i!!<If ~ij"''' 8«<IoIi\ ~~: I

l1IiI >i\tTl'a: "'~ a~!!~S'4."F<lqlq ~ ~ (fl\ lJ1f1~Q i! f.\(:<4~I·ql1'd'\ 11I~11I~~11

Sloka·". When Rahu and Ketu are associated with a bene-­fie but be hemmed betwixt two inimicals, tben tbe Bhukti of tbe . malefies that are not associated with either of tbem "(Rahu or "" Ketu) will give auspicious results. Should tbe benefic conjoin with Rabu or Ketu be a Yogakaraka, his Bbukti will give mixed results. When not associated with, tbe result will be very inju. rious. When Rahu or Ketu be a Malaka, then be will cause the demise of the native in the Bhukti of the benefic planet in ques·

157

lion or in thai or his own (in the DasaMBbllktj of these two mu­tually).

~1 ~"q,f;j~1 ~'IIWI &q\<llllll: ~ Q •

flrq: 'lIQlta1 a(I ... lIlt~~11 q~'$~ aC:I"<ilII"~1

6i! 8lIi{1~' a'iOQ($a ~sq ~ ~I Sloka-8'. During Saturn's Dasa and his own Bhukti Sat­

urn gives the effects of MaB and during the Bhukti of Mars he gives his own effects. It is like wise in Kuja 's Dasa as well. Should the lord of the lagna and thai of Chandra Lagna were to exchange places, they will bestow Rajayoga on the native. Rajayoga will also arise when the lords of the 9tb and 10th intercbange places or Ire associated with. For tbe benefit of students, I shall now deal with. after a thorougb investigation, the effcccs of tbe sevenl Lagnas and the planets' relationship with tbem..

'1M) ~~~ 'I!>ft '" lJ'litiPl: v;ft",,1 'R~ 'II'1<'i '" !Jil l .. ~~f.N.t ~QI" 1I4\1(Q: I

('d10 qre: qtlll;!: $~fiI;t ~ It ililp <11.0 ~1.I<t$ld'l, 31W'(1 ~ {~\d1 ~~ li\oll

Sloka·,O.For natives born in tbe Mesba Lagna Mercury is malefic. Botb Jupiter and the Sun become auspicious if they are associated with each other, 1be association of Jupiter and Saturn is good (being lord of the 9th). Jupiter's asssociation with other planets is inimical. Venus is a Manka (being owner of the 2nd and 7th). Saturn and the remaining planets are in no such position, however malefic they may be. Jupiter, Venus and tbe Moon prove malefia whereas lbe Sun and Saturn become

, benefia for the people born under Vrisbabha Lagna.

11~ n~tl~ ,~: \\I~ ~ ~~~~ <II",~ . Mi ~!{'l", III{'$I ~t ~~If!!il·",i ml ,

1j'I,,: '(.t.I~ ,,~ ~~'i"I;i ~'i! .'11

158

Sloka-91. Saturn alone is capable of doing good to the native (being owner of the 9tb and 10th). Jupiter and remaining planets even if they prove Mlrabs wiu not be able to till, when they are alone.

For the natives born in Mithuna Lagna Mars, Jupiter and SUD are inimical. Their association with the rest will result in what has already been stated. The Moon alone can not bring about the deatb, when the rest can do so.

Venus and Mercury are evil, while Mars and Jupiter are good (or people born in Karkata Lagna.

~ \{~ Wr.i ",08", ...

it<m !lllqlil<r " 1.\.(1_1"5'" l«f~ 1.l"~ 1 ~ ~_ ~If: 51'i11Rwil!i.:il_ 6\"'I(Q:

~ ffim: ,5\ ... ~~~ : 'IIql: wIt~: Ii\ "I

Sloka-92. Mars by himself causes Yoga. The Sun does not become a killer (by owning the 2nd). The rest if they have that CUndion/do it. These are the results of the planets for the natives born in Karkata Lagna.

Mercury and Venus are benefies. Equally auspicious are Mars and Jupiter. The association of Jupiter with Venus is not at all beneficial. Mercury and others cause death. These are the effects for the natives born with the Simha Lagna in their birth charts.

Mars, Jupiter and the Moon are Asubha; Venus alone is Subha.

'lr",,\ ~.a .. ~'f""'~ c:ar li\oil ~iIl ~ ~~l ~~i~ '11'11: ~f.\lit ;..rr 1

VJ:: ~~ lI'l'*' gftii\ U""I~I"!Il\T If''tIfT till ~ oI\~.~1Ii! c:ar il,,,,,·q~: 11\ ~ II

159

Sloka-9J. Venus and the Moon are tbe Yoga Kanb plan~ elS and more so wilen lbey conjoin, Venus is a MalaU and 001 the olbers. Tbese are the results for lbe people born ia Kanya ' Lagna. Jupiter, the SUD and Mars are malerics. Saturn ar¥l Merauy are auspicious. 100 Moon in association with ber SOD, Mer­cury, causes Rajayoga. Mars proves a maraka. Jupiter and the SUD do not inflict death. People born in Tula Lagna experience these effects.

iii liiqv?J WI:

!l.>iI"-ililW ~~q'U~ .tFiI " Rl "'''I( I

!i\"IIQI I ~ qR'~1 "f~ ~~'li!ll\ <l;q" I

ril~"~SWT' ~ .. ~{r >1'\qlWl;;ri 'R'I( 11'1,\/11 Sloka-94. Mercury, Mars and Venus-these three give

A'Iubba phala. The Moon is the only auspicious planet. 1be Sun and the Moon give very good effects and equaUy so is their conjunction. Jupiter alone will not become a Maran; when-n ,

Mercury and otbers, when they operate as Marakas will cause the demise of the man concerned. 1bese are the fruits for the native born in Vrischika Lagna. Venus remains tbe lone planet woo is malevolent; whereas, the SUR and Mars are 'lM'5t IUspi-cious .

.nJU ql\'li{~~Mq"t\ ~ ~ 'l"lIW

11;~ ""'11"1 ill1ff{I1.nt'n: !i\1>~ IIIIN: I

,~;\ !l""'''t ~ " ~ ~: .1~1 ~l 'l<'!'Ul: ~~)Ii~~~: I\~I

Sloka-95. The conjunclion of the Sun and Mercury is pro­ductive of good Yoga. Mercury becomes a Maraka. Venus and (be rest are not so. These are the results when a birth takes place under Dhanus Lagna.

Mars, Jupiter and the Moon are inimical, while Venus and Mercury are benetics. Saturn by himself does nol kiU. Mars and others may do so. Venus is the Yogakarka. 1be:se are the results experienced by natives born in Makara Lap.

,

160

~"'Q;n ~'Ii~: "!-Ii: ~ ll.~tit ~) ;f !I~(f.<t ~"i.~I'i! IiRI ~ I

'R: 5J!1i'1i~: !!.1 ~~'l, 'Il'I11f(hi'l !!~: '"'" ;rt ;f toil f.\~" ~f.!t!1~ RrOO dm"1 i II

Sloka-96. Jupiter, the Moon and Mars are malefics; Venus is aU:<ipicious. The rombination of Mercury ~nd Ma rs cause good Yoga. Jupiter docs not kill. Mars. the SUII and the rest become Marakas. 1nese effccts are felt by people born in Kumbha Lagna . Salum and Venus who is known as Kavi. are auspi­cious. Mars and the Moon are Asubha . The association of Ju­piter and Mars will cause Rajayoga. Mercury kills; but not Mars. Saturn and the rest, if they prove Marakas, cause death.

o;;i ~If: 'lii'5If.1 ~""mlf<~!'!l ~<T.u 1l(''1~d: f{ll{'1~ 'Iii? q)",,1!. I

i"'~rr., ... ",,{fqil:l;I~>1!1'!1a) ~oq ,'{ ~llfo{ ik'lH

~: \.ill!! I:;~l!! ~1;f'ffi'1 'l"1i l;I~l/it "1"1111 'I 11\1911 Sloka-97. The aforesaid effects belong to tbe births in

Meena Lagna. The benefic or malefic results of any planet should be arrived at through a study of the nature of the planet and planets who are associated with the planet in question and .also of the position occupied by the planet. Planets when . tbey prove auspicious grant the native: issue, wife, happiness to falber, gain and other meritorious incidents during their Dasas pertaining to those Bhavas and in their Bhuktis under other planets.

~ go",,>iI<'{ ",/it iJf>l>il1!"Il ~.fg'<lqli , .

.,) "'~IRt ;f .,)s/it ~ <mt;fIRt ~: '-""~ , .

"'{, .... !II ~.,'QI .. I/it it""" {-'It «Cttf;f(dl oil", I:;~""" a 1\ ct..: II

Sloka.9S,1'he wise and good, even after they have stud· ied and understood this science well, say: who bas understood

161

Ihis science? No onc. Should there be any, he is the only man, and he keeps it for himself. It is well known that even asses, dOg1 and tbe like are born under similar Yogas, and they also are subjected to the effects of these Yogas, during the respec­tive Oasas of planets responsible for Ihese Yogas. II may be remembered that these yagas are also influenced by other forces.

'""''Ii 'I~ <!rlli\liI lli1'1 i A; III{~'Ii '1111

~~ 'If>:; II;;:: (''Im'ltl'l,q!! ~;ft~~: I

~i( ;ll 'IR \laq ~3i\ ~"rtf.;li\ ~ u:;mit 'Ir.; \laq'<i{>:;m!l~;' 'l.ffl f.lf;,~<I. II .... II

Sloku-99. Should there be malefics occupying their high­est exaltation coupled wilh the duty as markas, the evil caused by them will be incalculable. Saturn bestows upon the native a good amounl of wcallh and prosperity when he occupies the ugna indcnlical wilh MeeDa, Tula or Dhallus. If under the aforesaid conditions, the 7th Kendra is not occupied or as­peCled by Jupiter or Mercury, the man concerned will be no , less a king. Inspite of it death should be proununced in the Dasa and Bhukti of the lord of the 7th house.

Note: !tthasi denotes Meena _ Cr. Seandho .. , "If;jirli(Q) ~I;\\ ~,q~,~fefu'lfil I

Saturn is said to be capable of bestowing royalty when oc­cupying Thla, Dhanus or Meena Ascendent charts. Also BJ. XX - 9.

<lIII'flftll" !J" 'mila <r«<ait I!IF'lflt: •

arrg":~~'!it 'If>:; ~ q""<A f;r~: I

"loiI~lll~ 'Il!i\' {f.I~ 'ttili~~ ~: "l"I~flI ~ ~{<'ilili i{l~;i<t ~1~'11{, lito 0 \I

Slokll-IOO. Should Jupiter be in the 7th from the Lagna; and Venus in the 7th hom Jupiter; or if Jupiter were to ocupy the 8th Bhava counted from the lord of the 8th and also be in the 12t h from a malefic, the native will live o nly for 30 years. Should Satum be in the 8th reckoned from the lord of the 9th

162

and be also occupying an odd Navamsa the native will not be continuously prosperous. When the same planet be similarly situated with respect to the lord of tbe 4th, he will be deprived of his vehicles.

~ ~91!f..a ~q ~~fililiils'l'll ~I;nqflltr~d"'~fd ~ql~i ,,'\Iml .1

~'Il!'f'I1'I~ fl!''''l1QIRRIla a .. gfa ?II ;ft,,~aS\!it ;mftci .n~" ~l:'lfu: . 11 t. til

Sloka-tO). When tbe Moon is associated with Venus and tbe lord of the bouse occupied by the two planets be in a Kendra or Kana, the man concerned will throughout his life command good vehicles and be prosperous. When the . lo rd of the 8th bouse counted from the 3rrl be occupying the 3rd, 6th, 7th, 11th or the 1st, loss of his brothers should be g':lessed. Should the 8tb house be occupied by a planet in his fall. and jf it is nol associated with or aspected by Jupiter. the native will die shortly.

~~Qlliil f;\~~sR{'lfulllrql~qie .. { ~ "na " ~i!a"," 1I1'QoqQ ~~~ I ~ '!gqottei{" I'(""'~~ R;n li~

am!l"l«l(~li'a 'I{m, ~f~ f~Na: II~. ~11

Sloka-102. Should the lord of the 8th Bhava counted from the 9th be aspceted by the Moon, the native will be short lived. If Venus be associated with Rabu, there will be decline in the native's prosperity in the period commencing with Ketu's. When Venus OOtupies the 6th or the &b in association with Utka and other comets, a fall in the longevity is signified. This may take place when tbe planet owning a movable sign goes to its own Bhava (from a dual one in its transit) .

Note: Comet Ulka is supposed 10 be very injurious and his place in the Zodiac is in the 10th Naksbatra from the one occu-pied by the Sun. ,

R' _Il ... ,,,.,r;~oiloo.*, $lIm ~ i(:'lIiji1'ifi'l1l1r~uact U'ft: I

~ ~~!I.'ij~('ll Fi aa,.m.ll,:

163

?J.~~.siRr "'zt ~ 'if iI,t(vga M~·ln SIoka--I03. The liCe of a native should be predicted long.

medium at sbort depending upon tbe lords of the Lap and tbe 8th bouse occupying (3) fixed and dual Rasis (b) movable and fixed Rasis and (c) movable and dual Rasis, respectively. In tbe same way when both the lords occupy (1) movable, (2) dual and (3) fixed s igns respectively. the aforesaid rule should be applied to know the longevity of tbe n{'live. Mars when occupies a Rasi belonging to Venus or vice-versa, a Kulla is ushered into the world.

~

fl{;m;",,,~ 1t1 " l6~1'!I. 'I!:iiI~1 •

lit. VII •

Sloka-t04. Wben a child is bo rn on anyone of the three week days-Sunday, Tuesday or Saturday synchronising with anyone of the three Tithis-Dwitceya, Dwadase or Saptamee­and any o f the Nakshatras other than Chittra, should be de­clared to have born as a result of the' mother's congress with a person other than the husband

Two lines o f this Sloka are missing. ,., ... . .. ~ ...

l'li!llflll! 'f{'Ii 'Il'll.", ",,1I'll";)'h I

3jtfg~~a ~'~,,?91 "'r«r ~flt"qlli'ih,,,1 II ~ .... 11 Sioka-IOS. When malefics are posited in the 4th and 8th

8havas from Venus or Venus, the lord of the 7th occupying betwixt malefics and be devoid of bene fic aspect in too nativi­ties of a couple. the yoga is called Vahninipata- a malefic yoga .

This Sioka is in a · dlfferent metre and does not seem to be in the right place to End the Kanda .

Cf. Pbaladeepika X-I SP.

This brings to tbe End oflbe Second Kanda of Uttarakalamrita written by Kali Das.